Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R-2016-103 2016-06-13
RESOLUTION NO. R2016-103 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a bid for Manhole Rehabilitation in the Longwood and Reflection Bay Sanitary Sewer Service Areas to National Works, Inc., in the estimated amount of $143,770.00. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids for the construction of the Manhole Rehabilitation Project have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to National Works, Inc.. in the amount of $143,770.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for the Manhole Rehabilitation Project. PASSED. APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 13th day of June, A.D.. 2016. TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: NG LOG, TR Y SEC '4 ARY APPROVED AS TO FORM: Cle DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY Li; Resolution No. R2016-103 Bid No. 0416-34 Addendum 2 Title Manhole Rehabilitation at Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Specification Responses National Works, Inc. AR TurnKee Construction Comoanv Inc. Line Description UOM QTY Unit Extended Unit Extended 1 BASE BID PKG 1 $140,170.00 $140,170.00 $185,650.00 5185,650.00 1.1 MOBILIZATION p MAX 3% (SPEC. 1505) LS 1 55,250.00 55,000.00 1.2 TRAFFIC CONTROL & REGULATION (SPEC. 1555) LS 1 515,000.00 57 500.00 1.3 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLES, 1 - 8 FT DEEP, SEWPER COAT, INCLUDING RISERS, and 10 YEAR WARRANTY (SPEC. 02529) EA 44 $1,500.00 53,000.00 1.4 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE EXTRA DEPTH,SEWPER COAT,INCLUDING RISERS and 10 YEAR WARRANTY (SPEC. 02529) VF 156 3195.00 S200.00 1.5 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF FULL THICKNESS OF MANHOLE LINER, PLACE NEW WALL LINER, SEWPER COAT FOR MANHOLE WITH FORCEMAIN EA 9 51,500.00 5550.00 1.6 SITE RESTORATION (HYDRO -MULCH SEEDING) (SPEC. 2921) LS 1 S10.000.00 $5.000.00 2 ALTERNATE MANHOLES PKG 1 524.765.00 $24,765.00 S44.900.00 $44.900.00 2 1 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE, 1-8 FT. DEEP. SEWPER COAT. INCLUDING RISERS (SPEC. 02529) EA 15 $1,560.00 52,900.00 2 2 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE, EXTRA DEPTH SEWPER COAT, INCLUDING RISERS VF 7 5195.00 5200.00 3 EXTRA WORK PKG 1 $3.600.00 53,600.00 $1,050.00 51.050.00 3.1 EXTRA LABOR (UNSKILLED) (SPEC. 00700) MAN HR. 10 590.00 520.00 3.2 BYPASS PUMPING AS NEEDED (PER DAY) DAY 1 52,700.00 5850.00 Total SUMMARY OF AWARD Base Bid and Extra Items: Alternate No 1 - Not Awarded Total Award $168,535.00 National Works Inc. $143,770.00 0 5143,770.00 $231,600.00 AR TurnKee Construction Company Inc. $186,700.00 0 5186,700.00 Project Manual for: Resolution No. R2016-103 Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area Bid No.: 0416-34 May 2016 Prepared By: City of Pearland CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0 — BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 One -Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction DIVISION 1— GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01290 Change Order Procedures 01310 Coordination and Meetings 01350 Submittals 01380 Construction Photographs 01420 Referenced Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 01440 Observation Services 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01505 S Special Provision to section 01505 01505 Mobilization 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 01570 Trench Safety System 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01750 Starting Systems 01760 Project Record Documents 01770 Contract Closeout 7'11) 00010 - 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS c DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 02220 Site Demolition 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 02317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 02529 Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02530 Gravity Sanitary Sewers 02531 Sanitary Sewer Service Leads or Reconnections 02533 Sanitary Sewage Force Mains 02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves 02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories 02633 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes 02771 Concrete Sidewalks 02775 Concrete Driveways 02811 Landscape Irrigation 02910 Topsoil 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 02922 Sodding 02980 Pavement Repair 02981 Blast Cleaning of Pavement MANHOLE LOCATIONS AND INSPECTION REPORTS Part 1* Part 2* Part 3* Manhole Depth Chart Manhole Rehabilitation Maps Manhole Inspection Reports END OF SECTION 00010 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Best Value Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids@pearlandtx.gov. All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 10:00 a.m., Tuesday, May 24, 2016. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Service Area City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: n/a BID NO.: 0416-34 A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 10:00 a.m. on May 18, 2016. The project will entail the rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes, located in the Longwood Service Area and Shadow Creek Area. 02-2015 00100 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID cb Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals, RFI's, RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents are also available at the following locations. City of Pearland, City Hall Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Amtek Plan Room 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange 7035 W. Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 McGrawHill Construction — Dodge Reports (281) 652-1600 (713) 956-0100 (713) 334-7100 (832) 613-0201 1-800-393-6343 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES. Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required forbidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up -load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents 02-2015 00100 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally, the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally - Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. DBE/SBE Goal: The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal for this project is 0%. The Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is 0%. DBEs and SBEs selected must be TxDOT approved. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various supplier and subcontracting opportunities. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of provision of the "Best Value", the City of Pearland may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidders, including Financial Statements of Bidders, identified in the Instructions to Bidders; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on its sole assessment and ranking of the above factors in its own best interests or reject any or all bids. A bid that has been "opened" may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. 02-2015 00100 -'3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID r.' Young Lorfing, TRMC City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date 5/05/2016 Second Publication date 5/12/2016 02-2015 00100 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web - based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid. System. The terms "electronic bid" or "e-bid" are used inter -changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web -based contract administration and construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre -Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking. on the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) /4644) 12-2014 00200 - 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E-bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@pearlandtx.gov. 3. .Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the. Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders, whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub -bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents. 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a, contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, 12-2014 00200 - 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested: 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on -going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid; 4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and 5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, 12-2014 00200 - 3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional- lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up -load a copy of their Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of 12-2014 00200 - 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or "days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or -equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or -equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The 12-2014 00200 - 5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature.: Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the. Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn .without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, that 12-2014 00200 - 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non -responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non -responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria: A) provision of the "Best Value" or B) Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work and Alternates, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior 12-2014 00200 - 7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre -bid meeting. 16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre -bid Conference 19.1 A pre -bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20. Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 12-2014 00200 - 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Part A Date: Bid of , an individual proprietorship / a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas / a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: n/a BID NO.: 0416-34 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by the Engineering and Public Works Department, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2°a Floor, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid review. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond [and Maintenance Bond if required}, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work Bidder's Initial's: 10-2012 00300 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Part A Date: 544 Bid of )MgL tvo6A-5. /NC. , an individual proprietorship / a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas / a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: n/a BID NO.: 0416-34 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by the Engineering and Public Works Department, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid review. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond [and Maintenance Bond if required], each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work Bidder's Initial's• 10-2012 0030 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL within the time stated and for the prices stated in Part B of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Document 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder. It is, understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond [and Maintenance Bond if required], each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm Name: N/I T! OWf L W0/3 K5, /Ne • By: JoNN LA 110E Title: COO Address: /07 F 57IN MA?lcvs Hwy, LGiL/NG, Tyr 7 8.6 Phone No: F3 D• g 7 5• 2 7 7 O ATTEST: %( d JONN LANDE (Typ�Name) Sign�ur= Dae: 5 /9/1(v 10-2012 (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Bidder's Initial's: 00300Y2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL END OF SECTION 10-2012 Bidder's Initial' 0030t'J of3 CITY OF PEARLAND Contractor Name Project Name Project No. Project Limits EXHIBIT "A" - BID FORM N/4T70N4 L- I✓DRKS, /AIC_ Manhole Rehabilitation at Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area 041/6-31 Green Tee Sub, Riverwalk Sub, Broadway @ Kingsley, Reflection Bay @ McHard Rd Bid No. 0416-34 BID PROPOSAL Item Number -I Item Description I Unit -' Estimated Quantity Unit Price Total SECTION 1 - BASE BID 1.01 MOBILIZATION @ MAX 3% (SPEC. 1505) LS 1 5 2tjV. to 5 2.50-ob /6/pp0. DO 6L, cx0. 00 1.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL & REGULATION (SPEC. 1555) LS 1 /i 00O. 00 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE, 1-8 FT DEEP, SEWPER COAT, 1.03 INCLUDING RISERS (SPEC. 02529) EA 44 /f COO. o0 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE EXTRA DEPTH, SEWPER 1.04 COAT, INCLUDING RISERS VF 156 /15. op 34 20. DO REMOVE & DISPOSE OF FULL THICKNESS OF MANHOLE LINER, PLACE NEW WALL 1.05 LINER, SEWPER COAT FOR MANHOLE WITH FORCEMAIN EA 9 /t500. 00 /66D- 60 1.06 SITE RESTORATION (HYDRO -MULCH SEEDING) (SPEC. 2921) LS 1 jj2[POO, CO 1 01 600 .60 $ j %f(J.OD SUBTOTAL SECTION 2 - ALTERNATE' MANHOLES , : "- 2.01 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE, 1-8 FT DEEP, SEWPER COAT, INCLUDING RISERS (SPEC. 02529) EA 15 /6 D. Oo 23, i// % .OD 2.02 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE EXTRA DEPTH, SEWPER COAT, INCLUDING RISERS VF 7 /95. Od /, 345.00 SECTION 3 - EXTRA WORK 3.01 EXTRA LABOR (UNSKILLED) (SPEC. 00700) MAN HR. 10 7C) 00 $ `f pOQ L 3.02 BYPASS PUMPING AS NEEDED (PER DAY) DAY 1 2/ '0 7 dO $ ?IiOOVD SUBTOTAL $ 2�;,�65ED To be done where authorized by Engineer and in quantities to be authorized. Contractor shall provide unit prices ONLY for this section. Estimated Total $ /l yit) J1. CO 08/2012 00300-Al CITY OF PEARLAND Contractor Name Project Name Project No. Project Limits EXHIBIT "A" - BID FORM Manhole Rehabilitation at Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area Green Tee Sub, Riverwalk Sub, Broadway @ Kingsley, Reflection Bay @ McHard Rd Bid No. 0416-34 Item Number,.- I „ ;>>,`Jtern Description ,° L ::. `.', Unit, I., Estimated; Quantity I -: l SECTION 1 - BASE BID 1.01 MOBILIZATION @ MAX 3% (SPEC. 1505) LS 1 1.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL & REGULATION (SPEC. 1555) LS 1 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE, 1-8 FT DEEP, SEWPER COAT, 1.03 INCLUDING RISERS (SPEC. 02529) EA 44 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE EXTRA DEPTH, SEWPER 1.04 COAT, INCLUDING RISERS VF 156 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF FULL THICKNESS OF MANHOLE LINER, PLACE NEW WALL 1.05 LINER, SEWPER COAT FOR MANHOLE WITH FORCEMAIN EA 9 1.06 SITE RESTORATION (HYDRO -MULCH SEEDING) (SPEC. 2921) LS 1 SI SECTION 2.= ALTERNATE MANHOLES •„ 2.01 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE, 1-8 FT DEEP, SEWPER COAT, INCLUDING RISERS (SPEC. 02529) EA 15 2.02 MANHOLE WALL LINER FOR 4' DIAMETER MANHOLE EXTRA DEPTH, SEWPER COAT, INCLUDING RISERS VF 7 SECTION 3 = EXTRA WORK 3.01 EXTRA LABOR (UNSKILLED) (SPEC. 00700) MAN HR. 10 3.02 BYPASS PUMPING AS NEEDED (PER DAY) DAY 1 Sl To be done where authorized by Engineer and in quantities to be authorized. Contractor shall provide unit prices ONLY for this section. Esti! 08/2012 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and 4/4-770/V it- AlO:'KS, /h1C (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: n/a BID NO.: 0416-34 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by [Engineering and Public Works Departments who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions) within ninety (90) days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within thirty (30) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one hundred dollars [($100.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, 4-2015 00500 - 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT r-N if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds [$ %4/5 770, l)Z) 1 (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid [and Alternate(s) N/A, as accepted by OWNER as shown in Document 00300 — Bid Proposal. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall makepayment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at 4-2015 00500 - 2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT the OWNER' s option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6.09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.09. Article 6. INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251.025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said 4-2015 00500 - 3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement (Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor. 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement (Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets titled Manhole Depth Chart, Manhole Rehabilitation Maps, and Manhole Inspection Reports inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: Manhole Rehabilitation at Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area. 8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. 4-2015 00500 - 4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried 4-2015 00500 - 5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER (through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9.12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix 4.,(attahed);,of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurance Y : ,:.4l„:r 4-2015 00500 - 6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date: , 20_. OWNER: CITY OF'_•'LA By: Title: Date: c ATTEST �... '''''��1/ l l l l �.%•%- � CONTRACTOR: tj7WV-0721 rS /Ale By:- Titl:. Date: (Corporate Seal) ATTEST Q, Nl 6\- h Address for giving notices /61 7,9" Ste' fl74 fCo s Hwy 7r W' Phone: -3d --217' Fax: 8'30-Q7S-2730 Agent for service of process: JONN GArtiOi- END OF SECTION ta"') 4-2015 00500 - 7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § Bond NO. 70132137 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That NatinnaLWorks, Tnr of the City of New Braunfels , County of Comal , and State of Texas, as principal, and The Guarantee Company of North America USOi►thorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee One Hundred Forty Three Thousand (Owner), in the penal sum of S 143,770.00(sevenHundredseventy&oo/loos) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the day of , 20_, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: n/a BID NO.: 0416-34 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referredto and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were. copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Bond NO. 70132137 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this loth day of June , 201E. Principal: National Works, Inc. By: Surety: The Guarantee Company of North America -USA By: Titl - COD D Title: John W. Schuler, Attorney -in -fact Address: 350 Glenborough Dr., Ste. 138 Houston, TX 77067 Telephone: 830-627-1455 Telephone: 800-365-6065 Fax: R10-677-1457 Fax: 832-446-6339 Address: 300 T.ngt Fawn New Braunfels, TX 78132 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610 - 2 of 2 (ow CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Bond NO. 70132137 Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That National Works, Inc, of the City of New Braunfels , County of Comal , and State of Texas, as principal, and The Guarantee Company of North America USj uthorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of $143,770.00( OneHmdredFartyThreeThousan) for the payment whereof, the said Cavan u„�n ,tcP..P� x nnnnz Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the day of , 20_, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: n/a BID NO.: 0416-34 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed. thereunder. 07/2006 00611 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this loth day of June , 2016 Principal: Surety: National Wor s I The Guarantee Company of North America USA By: By: Titl Title: John W. Schuler, Attorney -in -fact Address: Address: 300 Lost Fawn 350 Glenborough Dr., Ste. 138 Houston, TX 77067 New Braunfels, TX 78132 Telephone: 830-627-1455 Telephone: 800-365-6065 Fax: 830-627-1457 Fax: 832-446-6339 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM TIIE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 Bond No. 70132137 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That National Works, Inc of the City of New Braunfels , County of Comal , and State of Texas, as principal, and The Guarantee Company of North America USA authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly b ind unto City of Pearland as Obligee One un re rty Three Th usanj (Owner), in the penal sum of $14'i 770 00 ( Seven Hundred Seventy .&Oo/ 9itsirhe payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the day of , 20, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: n/a BID NO.: 0416-34 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 07/2006 00612 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 10th day of June , 20.16 Principal: National Works, Inc The Guarantee Com s an of North America USA By: Address: 300 Lost Fawn New Braunfels, TX 78132 Surety: Title: John W. Schuler, Attorney -in -fact Address: 350 Glenborough Dr., Ste. 350 Houston, TX 77067 Telephone:830-627-1455 Telephone: 800-365-6065 Fax: 830-627-1457 Fax:832-446-6339 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIlVi SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00612 - 2 of 2 GUARANTEE°' The Guarantee Company of North America USA Southfield, Michigan POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, having its principal office in Southfield, Michigan, does hereby constitute and appoint John W. Schuler, Walter E. Benson, Jr., Steve Dobson Time Insurance Agency, Inc. its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise. The execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at the principal office. The Power of Attorney is executed and may be certified so, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article IX, Section 9.03 of the By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA at a meeting held on the 314 day of December, 2003. The President, or any Vice President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority: 1. To appoint Attorney(s)-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; and 2. To revoke, at any time, any such Attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given, except as provided below 3. In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. 4. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner — Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. Further, this Power of Attomey is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 61h day of December 2011, of which the following is a true excerpt: RESOLVED that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attomey or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officer, This 23rd day of February, 2012. THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA STATE OF MICHIGAN County of Oakland Stephen C. Ruschak, President & COO Randall Musselman, Secretary On this 23rd day of February, 2012 before me came the individuals who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly swom, said that each is the herein described and authorized officer of The Guarantee Company of North America USA; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the Corporate Seal and each signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of Cynthia A. Takai Notary Public, State of Michigan County of Oakland My Commission Expires February 27, 2018 Acting in Oakland County IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand at The Guarantee Company of North America USA offices the day and year above written. I, Randall Musselman, Secretary of THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attomey executed by THE GUARANTEE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA USA, which is still in full force and effect. rrr\IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have thereunto set my hand and attached the seal of said Company this 10th day of June 2016 • 00 Randall Musselman, Secretary THE GUARANTEE The Guarantee Company of North America USA One Towne Square, Suite 1470 Southfield, Michigan 48076 Phone: 248-281-0281 Fax: 248-750-0431 Texas Consumer Notice 1 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: 2 You may contact your agent at: 3 You may call The Guarantee Company of North America USA's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-866-328-0567 4 You may also write to The Guarantee Company of North America USA at: One Towne Square, Suite 1470 Southfield, Michigan 48076 Web: www.qcna.com E-mail: Info@gcna.com Fax: 248-750-0431 5 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 6 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-91 04 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: htttp://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx. us 7 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the (agent) (company) (agent or the company) first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. 8 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una q ueja: Puede comunicarse con su agent al Usted puede Ilamar al numeeo de telefono gratis de The Guarantee Company of North America USA's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-866-328-0567 Usted tambien puede escribir a to The Guarantee Company of North America USA: One Towne Square, Suite 1470 Southfield, Michigan 48076 Web: www.gcna.com E-mail: Info@gcna.com Fax: 248-750-0431 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companies, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1 - 800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-91 04 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx. us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima oa ii reclamo, debe comunicarse con el (agente) (la compania) (agente o la compania) primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TD I). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adj unto. CS0083 Texas Consumer Notice 07112112 NATI-29 OP ID: J7 ACO- CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE �� DATE(M9/201YY) 06/09/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS Iiiw CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES 3ELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED - REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Time Insurance Agency, Inc. 1405 East Riverside Drive Austin, TX 78741 CONTANAME: Time Insurance Agency, Inc. PHONE 512-447-7773FAX INC. No, Ext): (NC, No): 512-440-0989 E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A : Rockhill Insurance Company 28053 INSURED National Works, Inc. P O Box 310909 New Braunfels, TX 78131 INSURER B : Everest National Ins Co INSURER C : Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 INSURER D :America First Insurance Co. 12696 INSURER E : INSURER F : • liV YL,\AVLV vr..... .v.-...... .......--.-. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MMIDD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MMIDDIYYYY) LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X ENVP002182-03 04/05/2016 04/05/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMARENTED PREMISESO(Ea occurrence) $ 100,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE POLICY OTHER: X LIMIT APPLIES Ter,-LOC PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 1118161, ' d AUTOMOBILE X X _ X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS Pollution XNOWNED _ SCHEDULED AUTOS NON-O(Per CF4CA00879-161 03/20/2016 03/20/2017 COMBINEDEacISINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY $ $ A X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X ^ OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE ENVE002190-03 04/05/2016 04/05/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 $ DED RETENTION $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes. describe under / N N / A TSF0001268472 04/23/2016 04/23/2017 X STATUTE OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 , DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space Is required) RE: Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Service Area- Construction City of Pearland is additional insured with respect to the General Liability policy. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITYPEI City of Pearland 3501 E. Orange St. Pearland, TX 77581 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN (sw\ Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows: In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of $ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this My Commission Expires: Signature Printed Name & Title Company Name day of , 20 Notary Public 5-12-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1.02 Contract Documents 1.03 Subcontractor 1.04 Written Notice 1.05 Work 1.06 Extra Work 1.07 Work Day 1.07-1 Rain Day 1.07-2 Impact Day 1.08 Calendar Day 1.09 Substantially Completed 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1.11 Referenced Standards 1.12 Contract Time 1.13 Construction Inspector 1.14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 10-2012 00700 - i Page No. 4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3.03 Preliminary Approval 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3.06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 Independent Contractor 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4.06 Insurance 4.07 Permits and Fees 4.08 Texas State Sales Tax 4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4.10 Character of Workers 4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 4.12 Sanitation 4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4.14 Performance of Work 4.15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700 - ii CITY OF PEARLAND 4.16 Layout of Work 4.17 Shop Drawings 4.18 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations 4.19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen, and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery and Supplies 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indernrnification 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 5.02 Extension of Time 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 5.04 Suspension of Work 5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5.06 Change of Contract Time 5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6..01 , Discrepancies and Omissions 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700 - 18 21 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.03 Estimated Quantities 6.04 Price of Work 6.05 Payments 6.06 Partial Payments 6.07 Use of Completed Portions & Punchlist 6.08 Substantial Completion 6.08-1 6.09 Final Payment 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6.12 Payments Withheld 6.13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 7.01 Differing Site Conditions 7.02 Change Orders 7.03 Change Orders 7.04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non -Work Days 7.05 Minor Changes 7.06 Extra Work 7.07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8.01 Default by Contractor 8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 8.04 Cross -Default 10-2012 00700 - iv CITY OF PEARLAND 8.05 Insolvency 8.06 Contingent Assignment 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8.08 Termination for Convenience 8.09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT B1 ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl 10-2012 00700 - v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order: (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; Addenda, if any; Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; Instructions to Bidders; Bid Proposal; and 10-2012 00700 - 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, partnership, joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only. 1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 10-2012 00700 - 2 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.05 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non -work days. 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or "Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the, completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 10-2012 00700 - 3 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700 - 4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burdenof proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 10-2012 00700 - 5 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse n the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non -conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non -conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR; otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700 - 6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ft\ 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non -conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 10-2012 00700 - 7 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER' s representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 10-2012 00700 - 8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 — Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. .It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 10-2012 00700 - 9 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 10-2012 00700 - 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain . the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day. CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom -clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 10-2012 00700 - 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR' s responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700 - 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700 - 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 10-2012 00700 - 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight (8) hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties• in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AMY SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. .If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER . may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 10-2012 00700 - 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISWWG FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700 - 16 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury. This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 10-2012 00700 - 17 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re -execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non -conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non -conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the 10-2012 00700 - 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status. of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension_ No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further 10-2012 00700 - 19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event -giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data: A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL: Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700 - 20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fullyunderstands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner. The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for 10-2012 00700 - 21 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non -conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's. total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700 - 22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under "6.08 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above -stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete". Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine 10-2012 00700 - 23 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non -conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non -conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR' s uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As -Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; 10-2012 00700 - 24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT se.\ (f) (g) (h) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections / approvals / acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction; CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER' s satisfaction; (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by CONTRACTOR; (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion; and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross -claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700 - 25 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non -conforming Work not remedied; (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) (f) (g) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 10-2012 00700 - 26 of 36 CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a) Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the perfonmanre of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven (7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a) Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make 10-2012 00700 - 27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing, whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non -Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non -Work Day. 7.05 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 10-2012 00700 - 28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus: a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b) For the General Contractor alone, self -performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his ;refit .overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance 10-2012 00700 - 29 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR' s claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR' s failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 10-2012 00700 - 30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR' s expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, andcharge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid try the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or 10-2012 00700 - 31 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES. If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in 10-2012 00700 - 32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS -DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future_ performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law. Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders 10-2012 00700 - 33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR' s sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 10-2012 00700 - 34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR. may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER' s receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, 10-2012 00700 - 35 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 10-2012 00700 - 36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") _ A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project _includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner - operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER: (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700 - Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, too: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700 - A2 CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: (5) (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700 - A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between [Contractor's Company Name] (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: 1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 05/2007 00700 - B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (0bN SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Print Name: Title: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each general partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the _ day of 20 by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: By: President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700 - B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I (We) am (are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I (we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR - Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20. Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 07/2006 00700 - B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT r cP1-\ AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of 20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 07/2006 00700 - B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any. 1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier. 1.4 ISO. "ISO" means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein: 2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 00700 - Cl CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner. 3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision: In the event of cancellation, non -renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self -insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required: 10-2012 00700 - C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability. 4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than: Each Occurrence Limit General Aggregate Limit Product -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit Personal and Advertising Injury Limit 4.1.4 Required Endorsements $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $1,000,000 a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01; or iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner. b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non -Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability. f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 10-2012 00700 - C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT cw-\ 4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to o be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non -owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows: 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than: Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop -down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700 - C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $5,000,000. 4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims -Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.6 Builder's Risk 4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 10-2012 00700 - C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover: Form a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation; d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed -value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include: i. Additional expenses due to delay in completion of project (where applicable) ii. Agreed value iii. Damage arising from error, omission or deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv. Debris removal additional limit v. Earthquake (where applicable) vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where applicable) vii. Expediting expenses viii. Flood (where applicable) ix. Freezing x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot & cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation, non -renewal or $ TBD Included without sublimit Included without sublimit 25%ofdirect damage loss $ TBD $ TBD $ TBD $ TBD Included without sublimit Included without sublimit Included 10-2012 00700 - C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction — 60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD xv. Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below. 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, B or V d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence 4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates: a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated; b. the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. 10-2012 00700 - C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows: a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows: Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5. Intentionally left blank. 6. Evidence of Insurance 6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance". 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance". 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify: 6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy n of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company. 6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3.7 Cancellation, non -renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700 - C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy. 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner. 7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its 10-2012 00700 - C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 10-2012 00700 - C10 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: John Hines, Water and Sewer Maintenance Superintendent, telephone: 281. 652. 1900 David Kent, Water and Sewer Maintenance Supervisor, telephone: 281.652.1900 Dante Prescod, Water and Sewer Maintenance Supervisor, telephone: 281.652.1900 ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk — Builder's Risk Insurance is required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is required to provide 2-24-12 00800 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this computer equipment. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times, in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on -site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION 2-24-12 00800 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 General Decision Number: TX160044 03/18/2016 TX44 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20150044 State: Texas ,struction Type: Heavy County: Brazoria County in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Including Water and Sewer Lines (Does Not Include Flood Control) Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.15 for calendar year 2016 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the solicitation was issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2016. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/08/2016 1 03/18/2016 * SFTX0669-001 01/01/2016 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 27.43 22.52 SUTX2005-018 05/18/2005 r' Rates Fringes Carperter $ 14.38 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER$ 11.37 1.13 ELECTRICIAN $ 18.40 1.34 Formbuilder/Formsetter $ 9.83 1.69 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 11.29 0.00 Laborers: Common $ 8.99 1.25 Landscape $ 7.35 0.00 Mason Tender Cement $ 9.96 0.00 Pipelayer $ 9.63 1.50 PIPEFITTER $ 17.00 0.04 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Backhoe $ 12.74 0.00 Bulldozer $ 12.46 0.00 Crane $ 11.00 0.74 Excavator $ 16.74 0.00 Front End Loader $ 10.47 1.28 Grader $ 12.20 1.48 Tractor $ 11.29 1.45 TRUCK DRIVER $ 14.42 1.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing epkration to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local) a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 1000 of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: eill''\ survey related matters, initial contact, including requests summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. elkIf the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an crested party may appeal directly to the Administrative ___.iew Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 04/2008 May 20, 2016 To All Prospective Respondents RE: Bid #0416-34 Manhole Rehabilitation at Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area ADDENDUM NO. 1 Sign in sheet from pre -bid conference is attached. If we can be of further service, please do not hesitate to contact me at the email address listed below. Sincerely, Julie Blackmore Buyer City of Pearland ebids@pearlandtx.gov Signature Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Area Bid # 0416-34 Pre -Bid Meeting Sign -In Sheet 10:00 a.m. 5/18/16 Company Name _. II‘SZ i (Ary c, C - c3cr 1 hIn� stoic/DM CeMn f dy ®Marc► eN g„teiv„,_. (Please Print) Address -Company Representative 3119 L-a\a- '4,/ Mt Ice 04 �c IkY(1 7161bv k ,61626 Pad cnd4a U 4 / ' sci Email Address ____ Telephone Number 11 2-Sr 401 - T1 6440%41 eiIJ4c.Iu ..a1�.0, nowt 713-LlUq"5G52� Co, g32-2q3 441142 -1135_00_ va Adrdt7y\ SRFST1►AC� %e.eu, n•h�ii; 2e7-0.1-16 (f CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00902 ADDENDUM NO.2 Date May 23, 2016 PROJECT Manhole Rehabilitation in Longwood Service Area and Reflection Bay Service Area BID NO 0416-34 BID DATE. Tuesday 24,2016 10• am FROM. Rajendra Shrestha,PE, CFM Assistant City Engineer 3523 Liberty Drive Pearland,TX 77581 281 652.1649 office 281 652.1702 fax To Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS N/A SPECIFICATIONS N/A CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS N/A Clarification by Question and Answer Question 1 Sherwin-Williams and AW Cook would like to submit AW Cook' Cemtec Hitec 100 for use on the City of Pearland Manhole Rehabilitation project. Response: The City will not be able to accept the product that is not identified in the project manual at this time. There is a process for accepting new products. The vendor can send in written information to the City for future consideration. 2-22-12 00901 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM END OF ADDENDUM NO 2 Q Rajendra Shrestha, PE, CFM Assistant City Engineer IV. 13Z.ITNq It "FA ,q. NlENG .. r! a 0 0 2-22-12 0090t -2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the rehabilitation of up to fifty-nine (59) sanitary sewer manholes (includes add alternate locations), using approved corrosion resistant build back treatment with an approved corrosion resistant liner material, as noted in Specification 2529. Severn (7) manholes have a force main connection, and seven (7) have a liner that must be removed. The liner will be removed and cleaning of any residue prior to rehabilitation treatment is required. For the Base Bid, thirty-seven (37) manholes are located within the Longwod Service Area and seven (7) manholes are located within Reflection Bay Service Area. For the Alternate Bid, all manholes are located in the Longwood Service Area. Liners such as T-Lock and EMACO are failing and must be removed. A ten (10) year warranty is required for all work as stated in Specification 02529, Section 2.05, Paragraph A.2.. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A Coordination will be provided by the City of Pearland regarding force mains and lift stations to allow for the rehabilitation work. 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A The City will provide any needed rings and covers were replacement is needed. B The City will provide and instruct the contractor where inflow preventers will be required. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A Begin and continually progress the work, including holiday testing of the manhole within 24 - 48 hours of repair and rehabilitation placement. Note: work will not be allowed at night. B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified in Section 01350 — Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer & Owner as specified in Section 01310 — Coordination and Meetings. 05/2008 01100 -1 of CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 1.06 FUTURE WORK A Not Applicable. 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2008 01100-2of2 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2 Section 01730 — Cutting & Patching 3 Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation 4 Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720 — Field Surveying 6 Section 02980 — Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers 8 Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials 9 Section 02922 — Sodding 10 Section 02921— Hydromulch Seeding 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access, operations, and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor' s use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 02/2008 01140 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner. 1.05 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously. B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730 — Cutting & Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. 02/2008 01140 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor' s responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.08 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner. B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt, debris, scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day. D Promptly remove barriers, signs, and components of other control systems that are no longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. 02/2008 01140-3 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.09 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980 — Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner. Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922 — Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 — Hydromulch Seeding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION '-) ') 02/2008 01140-4of4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300 — Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals; and erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. LOb NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents C Other References: 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03 "Extra Work". 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". 02/2008 01290 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a - Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre -determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in this Section, 1.04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS cft\ 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10. Procedures for testing. 11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. '-46) F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and compliance submittals. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9. Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15. Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings 2. Section 01630 — Product Options & Substitutions 3. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 4. Section 01380 — Construction Photographs 5. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans, Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of 01/2008 01350 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re - Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for first Re -Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re -Submittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video". C Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Mobilization, Bonds, and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five (5) percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at a minimum, a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be deli , a-_-� when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7. A Billing Schedule (tabulation of the estimated monthly billings) for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re -submittal of the Construction Schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification. 4. For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal", submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04 "Selection Options" and 1.07 "Substitution Procedures". 7. For products that are neither Pre -Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner. C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal es", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350 - 5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380 — Construction Photographs. 1. Prints: Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 1. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs: Two prints, color, matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3. Th photographs shall show: a. Date photographs were taken b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4. Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b. Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1. On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760— Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350 - 6 of 6 (-' CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350 - 7 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. C Prepare three (3) prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven (7) days of taking photographs. One (1) print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer. E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal, include photographic negatives in protective envelopes, identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD. B The photographs shall show on a non -elective chalkboard or white board, readable in the photograph: 1. Job number. 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number. C Indicate the condition of the following: 1. Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street). 3. House -walk and sidewalk. 4. Curb. 5. Area between walk and curb. 6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.). 7. Date shall be on negative. 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information: 1. Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is used). 3. Name of the Contractor. 4. Date the photograph was taken. 5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three -ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 01/2008 01380 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage 1 points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time -lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS (P\ Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes B Conform to reference standard by date of issuie current on the date as stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before J proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGC AI AITC American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC AISI American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI APA API American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS r CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers CRSI EJMA Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 FS ICEA IEEE Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 02/2008 01420 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA PCI SDI SSPC Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East 1lth Street Austin, TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS (oft\ WRI Dallas, TX 75234 Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street — Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner. B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL cft B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager. C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within one (1) day of observation to Project Manager for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager, Engineer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, "Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following: 1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi -rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner. 3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4. Cores to test for thickness. 5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager. 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329, as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures, protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications: Section 00200 — Instructions to Bidders Section 01100 — Summary of Work Section 01350 — Submittals Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation Section 01100 — Summary of Work Section 01600 — Material & Equipment Section 01570 — Trench Safety System Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation Section 01720 — Field Surveying Section 01563 — Tree & Plant Protection Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water & Surface Water Section 13730- Computer Equipment C Referenced Standards: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions: Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2- 2011 01500 - 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS co buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter from City' Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed, water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not included in City provided meter. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as necessary to maintain any of Owner's on -going operations as may continue on the site during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service, in the Contractor's name, to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site, in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2- 2011 01500 - 3 of 10 CITYOFPEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special Conditions of the Agreement, or Section 01100 — Summary of Work. Provide for transportation, move -in, set-up, tie -down and, when project is complete, removal and move -out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre -Construction Meeting prior to delivery and set up. Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to: provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress meetings, on -site storage for project files and plans, office space for CONTRACTOR's field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for OWNER's Representative including: meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer filing cabinet, a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. 1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed internet connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A above. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600 — Material & Equipment. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal, state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2- 2011 01500-4of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten (10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation. C Preserving Control Points Maintain permanent benchmarks, public or private elevation or property demarcation and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner, those monuments, property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 — Tree & Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 7 of 10 7.\ CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of five (5) working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. Locate as approved by Engineer. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190, Executive Order 11514. C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. 12-2- 2011 01500-9of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local laws and regulations. 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.19 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards - 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.20 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water & Surface Water and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 12-2- 2011 01500 - 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 01505 Section 01505 S MOBILIZATION Section 1.01 Measurement and payment is altered as follows: Item B is revised to read: B Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350 — Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570 — Trench Safety System) 3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350 — Submittals) 4. Pre -construction Photographs (Section 01380 — Construction Photographs) Item C and E are deleted Item D is revised to read: D Payment of the remaining 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A Not Required 3.0 EXECUTION 13.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A Not Applicable END OF SECTION 05/2013 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350 — Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570 — Trench Safety System) 3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350 — Submittals) 4. Pre -construction Photographs (Section 01380 — Construction Photographs) 5. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section 01580 — Project Identification Signs) 6. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7. Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls) 2. Laptop Computer (Section 00800 — Special Conditions of Agreement) D. Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s) per Section 01580. The name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03, D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 7-\ CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans, signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer. C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name, badge number, time start, time finish, and hours worked. 03/2008 01555 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. 7. When requested by Owner. C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor' s work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. 03/2008 01555 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Leave the area broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul routes. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. 03/2008 01555 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed: 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01555-4of4 ft\ CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 4. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786, "Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer' s catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric. 03/2008 01560 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as specified in this Section, 3.02F. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric fence. Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled 03/2008 01560 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE r-\ with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01560-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 3. Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of the property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information: 1. Schedule for collection and inspection. 2. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 07/2006 01562 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. F When temporary, on -site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. D If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE, AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1.03D. 07/2006 01562-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way. END OF SECTION -.) 07/2006 01562 - 3 of 3 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems 4. Section 01565 — TPDES Requirements 5. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation E Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) F Definitions: 1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. a. Dewatering - lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. b. Depressurization - reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. 2. Surface Water Control - diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. 3. Excavation Drainage - keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 02/2008 01564 - 1 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control non -pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such controls. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 02/2008 01564 - 2 of 8 clobN CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02 "Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells". 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 02/2008 01564 - 3 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 — TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements". D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve n desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 02/2008 01564 - 4 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06 "Operations and Maintenance Data". B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water -bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B. B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. 02/2008 01564 - 5 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until ^� foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan are satisfied. 02/2008 01564 - 6 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following methods or combination of methods: 1. Sump pumping in combination with: a. Layer of crushedstone and filter fabric. b. Sand and gravel drains. 2. Wells for ground water control. B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 02/2008 01564-7of8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01564 - 8 of 8 rk\ CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. C. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals D. Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) E. Definitions: 1. Trench. A narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. 2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. 3. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 5/2013 01570 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM a. Protective System: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. b. Shoring System: A structure, which supports the sides of an excavation, to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Plans. 4. Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot basis, measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems includes payment for manholes and other line structures. B. Unless indicated in as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for shoring systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems. C. If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a separate Bid Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench excavation is on a square foot basis, measured and completed in place. D. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation. E. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in applicable Sections. F. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of 5/2013 01570 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan, submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person. C. Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the Contractor. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, OSHA Standards-29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650 — 652. B. A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P — "Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C. Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause, Section 5.(a)(1), of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." D. Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Under Texas Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C. TRENCH SAFETY. E. Reference materials, if developed for this Work, will be issued by the Engineer along with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.05 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of 5/2013 01570 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. _C. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safetysystems in accordance with provisions of OSHA Standards — 29 CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. C. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans. D. Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre - manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA Standards — 29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 5/2013 01570 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the Work. END OF SECTION 5/2013 01570 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to al parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. F Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including pre - approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means, materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Work. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre -approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as "pre -approved". Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal". Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350 — Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre -approved Products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 07/2006 01630 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 07/2006 01630 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01630-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS Section 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Starting systems. B Demonstration and instructions. C Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D References to Technical specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01430 — Contractor's Quality Control 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Contractor shall conduct all start-up operations under this Contract in conformance with Section 01430 — Contractor's Quality Control. B Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C Notify Engineer 7 days prior to startup of each item. D Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. E Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. 07/2006 01750 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS F Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to and during start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at equipment location. D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A Contractor shall start, test, adjust, balance, and provide reports on all installed equipment as provided for in this section. B Owner may also appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner indicating observations and results of the tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C Owner's employment of an independent firm shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibility under this section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01750-2of2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible". B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original Plans. 6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set, provided by Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770 — Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760-2of2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT (i" rb\ D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed". 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work, the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2of2 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing. B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash. C Removal of obstructions. D Excavation and fill. E Salvaging of designated item. F References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 2. Section 01350 3. Section 01450 4. Section 01500 5. Section 02255 6. Section 02330 7. Section 01140 • — Measurement and Payment Procedures — Submittals — Testing Laboratory Services — Temporary Facilities and Controls — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material — Embankment — Contractor's Use of Premises G Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance this Section. 07/2006 02200 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. A Clear Project Site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain. C Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 1. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 2. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface 3. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment D Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. E Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and preserve drainage of area. 1. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except in areas to be immediately excavated 07/2006 02200 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling. B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to be further excavated. C Topsoil Stripping: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds, roots, leaves, and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. D Topsoil Stockpiling: 1. Stockpile in areas designated on Plans. 2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 3. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 4. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to prevent erosion. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or as indicated on Plans. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. B When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with "Structural Fill" and open areas not under structures or roadways with "General Fill", or as indicated on Plans. C Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 — Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed, so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. 07/2006 02200 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02200 - 4 of 4 (•w\ CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION Section 02220 SITE DEMOLITION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Demolishing and removing existing pavements, structures, equipment and materials only to the extent as indicated on the Plans. B Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, and base courses. C Removing concrete curbs, concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways. D Removing pipe culverts and sewers. E Removing miscellaneous structures of wood, plastics, metals, concrete, masonry, or combination of concrete and masonry, etc. F Disposing of demolished materials and equipment. G References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 2. Section 01350 3. Section 01500 4. Section 01100 5. Section 01730 6. Section 01140 7. Section 01562 — Measurement and Payment Procedures — Submittals — Temporary Facilities and Control — Summary of Work — Cutting and Patching — Contractor's Use of Premises — Waste Material Disposal 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures under this Section. Include cost for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If indicated as a Bid Item, measurement will be as follows: 1. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing, and removing asphaltic surfacing, is on a square yard basis measured between lips of gutters. 2. Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base course, with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis. 3. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with curbs, is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Payment includes removal of all base, asphaltic surfacing, concrete pavement, esplanade curbs, curb and gutters, and paving headers. 04/2008 02220 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 4. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. 5. Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter, removing monolithic concrete curb, and removing concrete curb, is on a lineal foot basis measured along the face of the curb. 6. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is on a square yard basis. 7. Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and masonry removal is on a cubic yard basis of the structure in place. 8. Measurement for removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed. 9. Measurement for removing and disposing of unlisted materials shall be on the lump sum basis. C No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on Plans, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience. D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition. Describe coordination for shutting off, capping, and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property. C Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Engineer in writing at least 48 hours before starting demolition. D Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to Engineer prior to commencement of demolition operations. E Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. B The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and shall be liable for any damage due to movement or settlement. Provide proper framing and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been taken. 04/2008 02220 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 1.05 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01100 — Summary of Work. Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage during demolition, handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition. B Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of the Contractor. 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store and protect materials and equipment designated for reuse until time of installation. B Deliver and unload items to be salvaged to storage areas indicated on Plans. C Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and debris resulting from demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to avoid clutter. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A Use equipment and materials approved as prescribed in this Section, 1.03 "Submittals'. B Use of a "drop hammer" must have the Engineer's prior approval. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Prior to demolition, make an inspection with Engineer to determine the condition of existing structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. B Engineer will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner. C Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection and subsequent authorization by Engineer. D Stop demolition and notify Engineer if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos, PCB's, contaminated soils, or other hazardous materials are encountered. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over communications, pipelines, and electrical distribution services. B Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when temporary interruption of utility service is necessary. 04/2008 02220 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730 — Cutting and Patching 3.03 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS A Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps, motors, water tanks, equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting, capping, and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities. B Remove existing process, water, chemical, gas, fuel oil and other piping not required for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not interfere with the new work. Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not interfere with new work shall be removed to the nearest solid support, capped, and the remainder left in place. Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks. Verify that such lines are safe prior to removal or capping. C Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls, cut and cap piping on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide fire -rated sealant for walls classified as fire -rated. D When underground piping, which is not located in the public right-of-way, is to be altered or removed, cap the remaining piping. Abandoned underground piping may be left in place unless it interferes with new work or is shown or specified to be removed. Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned, fill with sand, pressure grout or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead. E Remove waste and vent piping to points shown. Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs. Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remain, remove the stack and patch the hole in the roof, making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty. F Conform to applicable codes when making any changes to plumbing and heating systems. 3.04 ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS A Electrical removals consist of disconnecting and removing existing switchgear, distribution switchboards, control panels, bus duct, conduits and wires, panel boards, lighting fixtures, and miscellaneous electrical equipment. B Remove existing electrical equipment and fixtures to prevent damage to allow continued operation of existing systems and to maintain the integrity of the grounding systems. 04/2008 02220 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION (oft) C Remove poles and metering equipment, if designated for removal on the Plans. Coordinate electrical removals with the power company, as necessary. Verify that power is properly de -energized and disconnected. D Where shown or otherwise required, remove wiring in underground duct systems. Verify function of wiring before disconnecting and removing. Plug ducts which are not to be reused at entry to buildings. E Changes to electrical systems shall conform to applicable codes. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage in accordance with this Section and Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. C Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. END OF SECTION 04/2008 02220 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures" b. ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil -Cement Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory" c. ASTM D 1633, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil -Cement Cylinders" d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" j. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete" 1. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" I.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or structure installation. B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 02/2009 02252 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01 "Materials". 2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests in this Section, 1.03B 1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design mix testing. 3. Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design Requirements". The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33 and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487. 2. Deleterious material content: a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142. b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C 123. c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard color by ASTM C 40 ASTM. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Fine aggregate, manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 02/2009 02252 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D Water shall be potable, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM D 558, unless otherwise specified on Plans. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 "Materials", if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production. Random samples of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to 151b each from the first, middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into one sample for test purpose. D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with ASTM D558, Method A, without adjusting moisture content. Samples will be molded at approximately same time material is being used, but no later than 4 hours after water is added to mix. E After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632. 02/2009 02252 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND F Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633, Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours. G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age. H Precision and Bias: Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in ASTM D 1633 Section 9. Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum, the following information: 1. Supplier and plant number 2. Time material was batched 3. Time material was sampled 4. Test age (exact hours) 5. Average 48-hour strength 6. Average 7-day strength 7. Specification section number 8. Indication of compliance / non-compliance 9. Mixture identification 10. Truck and ticket numbers 11. The time of molding 12. Moisture content at time of molding 13. Required strength 14. Test method designations 15. Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633 16. Supplier mixture identification 17. Specimen diameter and height, in. 18. Specimen cross -sectional area, sq. in. J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. 3.03 ACCEPTANCE A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if: 1. The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual strength test below 70 psi. 2. All 7-day individual strength tests (average of two specimens) are greater than or equal to 100 psi. B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test (average of two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3.04 Adjustment for Deficient Strength. C The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement at Contractors expense when individual strength test (average of two specimens) has 7-day strength less than 70 psi 02/2009 02252 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi, discontinue shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material, which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100 psi. E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor, Project Manager, and material supplier by facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements within 24 hours. F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength, Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases, three (3) cores shall be taken for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3.03.A. G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered satisfactory if the average of three (3) cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single core is less that 70 psi. Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented by erratic core strength results will be permitted. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi, then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full. B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than or equal to 70 psi, material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute credit by the following formula: Credit per Cubic Yard = $30.00 x 2 (100 psi - Actual psi) 100 C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square inch, then remove and replace cement -sand mixture and paving and other necessary work at no cost to City. END OF SECTION 02/2009 02252 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS Section 02255 BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and embankment, specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications, and their associated material qualification testing requirements. B Source qualifications and handling of these materials. C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product Description. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Section 02910 — Topsoil 3. Section 02252 — Cement Stabilized Sand E Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" b. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" f. ASTM D 1140, "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-um) Sieve" g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" h. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" i. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" 07/2007 02255 - 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. 1. Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well - graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: non -plastic. b. Gradation: D60/Dlo - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines: a. Plasticity index: non -plastic to 4. b. Gradations: Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. c. Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL). a. Plasticity Indexes: Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit: less than 50. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 07/2007 02255 - 2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with, for example, lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, III, IV, or fat clay (CH), sand, gravel, or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments, and conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit: 65 maximum, ASTM - D4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM - D4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, 11, III, or IV, sand, gravel, or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit: 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with lime or cement, and conforming to: 07/2007 02255 - 3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1. Plasticity Index: 7 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 3. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 - Topsoil. Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 07/2007 02255 - 4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS M Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45. percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex- 460-A, Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E. SIEVE PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15" - 8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 - 90 90 —100 100 I 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90 — 100 3/8" - 20 — 55 40 - 70 No.4 . 0 - 5 0-10 0 - 15 No. 8 - 0- 5 0- 5 07/2007 02255 - 5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. B Identify off -site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is required to change to a different material. D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off -site sources. E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.02 MATERIAL IIANDLING A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. C When stockpiling material near the Project Site, use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public streets. 07/2007 02255 - 6 of 7 r\ r&\ CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. END OF SECTION 07/2007 02255 - 7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES Section 02317 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation, backfilling, and compaction of backfill for structures. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 4. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services 5. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 6. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 7. Section 01570 - Trench Safety System 8. Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 9. Section 02220 - Site Demolition 10. Section 02200 — Site Preparation 11. Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand 12. Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" c. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" d. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions: 1. Backfill - material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions around pavements, structures and utilities. 07/2006 02317 - 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 2. Foundation Backfill - natural soil or manufactured aggregate meeting Class I requirements and Geotextile fabrics as required to control drainage and material separation placed and compacted where needed to provide stable support for the structure foundation base. Foundation backfill may include crushed aggregate with filter fabric as required, cement stabilized sand, or concrete seal slab. 3. Foundation Base - provides a smooth, level working surface for the construction of the concrete foundation. 4. Foundation Subgrade - the surface of the natural soil which has been excavated and prepared to support the foundation base or foundation backfill, where needed. 5. Over -Excavation - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below the foundation as shown on the Plans. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT UNIT PRICES A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Excavation and Backfill for Structures under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for construction of structures. B If Excavation and Backfill for Structures is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit for each structure a work plan for excavation and backfill with a complete written description which identifies details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations for construction relative to excavation and backfill activities. The descriptions, with supporting illustrations, shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer that the procedures meet the requirements of the Plans and Technical Specifications. C Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D Submit field red lines documenting location of structures as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 07/2006 02317 - 2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A Perform excavation with equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use equipment which will produce the degree of compaction specified. Backfill within 3 feet of walls shall be compacted with hand operated equipment. Do not use equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds closer to walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Use hand operated power compaction equipment where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in accordance with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. D Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 - Site Preparation prior to excavation. 07/2006 02317 - 3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES E Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200 - Site Preparation F Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.02 EXCAVATION A Perform excavation work so that the underground structure can be installed to depths and alignments shown on Plans Drawings. Use caution during excavation work to avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. Keep excavation to the absolute minimum necessary. No additional payment will be made for excess excavation not authorized by Engineer. B Avoid settlement of surrounding soil due to equipment operations, excavation procedures, vibration, dewatering, or other construction methods. C Prevent voids from forming outside of sheeting. Immediately fill voids with grout, concrete fill, cement stabilized sand, or other material approved by Engineer. D After completion of the structure, remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing unless Engineer has approved in writing that such temporary structures may remain. Remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing in such a manner as to maintain safety during backfilling operations and to prevent damage to the Work and adjacent structures or improvements. E Immediately fill and compact voids left or caused by removal of sheeting with cement stabilized sand or material approved by Engineer. 3.03 DEWATERING A Maintain ground water control as directed by Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water and until the structure is sufficiently complete to provide the required weight to resist hydrostatic uplift with a minimum safety factor of 1.2. B Maintain the ground water surface a minimum of two feet below the bottom of the foundation base. 3.04 FOUNDATION EXCAVATION A Notify Engineer at least 48 hours prior to planned completion of foundation excavations. Do not place the foundation base until the excavation is accepted by the Engineer. B Excavate to elevations shown on Plans Drawings, as needed to provide space for the foundation base, forming a level undisturbed surface, free of mud or soft material. Remove pockets of soft or otherwise unstable soils and replace with foundation backfill material or a material as directed by the Engineer. Prior to placing material 07/2006 02317 - 4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES over it, re -compact the subgrade, scarifying as needed, to 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698. If the specified level of compaction cannot be achieved, moisture condition the subgrade and re -compact until 95 percent is achieved, over -excavate to provide a minimum layer of 24 inches of foundation backfill material, or other means acceptable to the Engineer. C Fill unauthorized excessive excavation with foundation backfill material or other material as directed by the Engineer. D Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater, or excessive drying so as to maintain foundation subgrade in a satisfactory, undisturbed condition. Keep excavations free of standing water and completely free of water during concrete placement. E Soils which become unsuitable due to inadequate dewatering or other causes, after initial excavation to the required subgrade, shall be removed and replaced with foundation backfill material, as directed by Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. F Place foundation base, or foundation backfill material where needed, over the subgrade on same day that excavation is completed to final grade. Where base of excavations are left open for longer periods, protect them with a seal slab or cement - stabilized sand. G Where directed by the Plans Drawings, all crushed aggregate, and other free draining Class I materials, shall have a Geo- textile filter fabric separating it from native soils or select material backfill. The fabric shall overlap a minimum of 12 inches beyond where another material stops contact with the soil. H Crushed aggregate, and other Class I materials, shall be placed in uniform layers of 8-inch maximum thickness. Compaction shall be by means of at least two passes of a vibratory compactor. 3.05 FOUNDATION BASE A After the subgrade is properly prepared, including the placement of foundation backfill where needed, the foundation base shall be placed. The foundation base shall consist of a 12-inch layer of crushed aggregate or cement stabilized sand. Alternately, a 4-inch minimum seal slab may be placed. The foundation base shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the structure foundation. B Where the foundation base and foundation backfill are of the same material, both can be placed in one operation. 07/2006 02317-5of7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 3.06 BACKFILL A Complete backfill to surface of natural ground or to lines and grades shown on Plans Drawings. Use existing material that qualifies as select material, unless indicated otherwise. Deposit backfill in uniform layers and compact each layer as specified. B Do not place backfill against concrete walls or similar structures until laboratory test breaks indicate that the concrete has reached a minimum of 85 percent of the specified compressive strength. Where walls are supported by slabs or intermediate walls, do not begin backfill operations until the slab or intermediate walls have been placed and concrete has attained sufficient strength. C Remove concrete forms before starting backfill and remove shoring and bracing as work progresses. D Maintain fill material at no less than 2 percent below and no more than 2 percent above optimum moisture content. Place fill material in uniform 8-inch maximum loose layers. Compaction of fill shall be to at least 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 under paved areas. Compact to at least 90 percent around structures below unpaved areas. E Where backfill is placed against a sloped excavation surface, run compaction equipment across the boundary of the cut slope and backfill to form a compacted slope surface for placement of the next layer of backfill. F Place backfill using cement stabilized sand in accordance with Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Tests will be performed initially on minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. B In -place density tests of compacted subgrade and backfill will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions: 1. A minimum of one test for every 100 cubic yards of compacted backfill material. 2. A minimum three density tests for each full work shift. 3. Density tests will be performed in all placement areas. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil types or moisture contents are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density. 07/2006 02317 - 6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES C At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be initially performed for each type of backfill material in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. D If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition, re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re -compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02317 - 7 of 7 ow\ CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, storm sewers including manholes, pipeline structures and other associated appurtenances. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01570 — Trench Safety System 4. Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 5. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 6. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services 7. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 8. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 9. Section 02370 — Geotextile 10. Section 02220 — Site Demolition 11. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises C. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications" b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures" d. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" e. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Wright of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" f. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" g. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 5/2013 02318 - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils D. Definitions: 1. Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by removal of material. a. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. b. Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. c. Special Excavation -excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts, or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions, sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions. 2. Pipe Foundation - suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Plans, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over - excavations. 3. Pipe Bedding - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 4. Haunching - the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spring -line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 5. Initial Backfill - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spring -line of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 6. Pipe Embedment - the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. 7. Trench Zone - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 5/2013 02318 - 2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 8. Trench Conditions - description of the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. a. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. b. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. c. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. 9. Sub -trench - a special case of benched excavation. Sub -trench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub -trench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. 10. Trench Dam - a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. 11. Over -Excavation and Backfill - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Plans, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 12. Foundation Backfill Materials - natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control 5/2013 02318 - 3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. 13. Trench Shield (Trench Box) - a portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench excavation, embedment, and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for all excavation and backfill associated with the placement and construction of: underground piping, boxes, manholes and associated appurtenances including conduit, or duct work. B. If Special Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. 1. Payment for Special Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes, ducts, or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes, to allow machine excavation or augering, when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Placement of material from Special Excavation. f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of material from Special Excavation. g. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Special Excavation. h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: 5/2013 02318 - 4 of 15 •ru. CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. C. If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation. d. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component.: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. D. If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation. d. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Machine Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. 5/2013 02318 - 5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre -manufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Plans. C. Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D. Submit field red lines documenting location of Utilities as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location ofutilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 —Temporary Facilities and Controls. 5/2013 02318 - 6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.06 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Special Shoring shall be, in accordance with Section 01570 — Trench Safety System, designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, At Contractor's expense. B. Special Shoring shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures, pavements and utilities. C. Special Shoring may be a pre -manufactured system or a field fabricated system that meets the requirements of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. B. Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. C. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370 — Geotextile. D. Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. E. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 ides is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 5/2013 02318 - 7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, n braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems. B. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures conform to Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 — Site Demolition, as applicable. D. Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. E. Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation F. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section ofpipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Plans. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. NOMINAL PIPE SIZE, INCHES MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH, INCHES Less than 18 O.D. + 18 18to30 O.D.+24 Greater than 30 O.D. + 36 /-%) 5/2013 02318 - 8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 5/2013 02318 - 9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.03 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.04 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place Geotextile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in -situ into open - graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C. Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Plans. PVC & HDPE require cement stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement, or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. 5/2013 02318 - 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. I. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted spaces, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.05 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. Back -fill placement and compaction shall apply to all soils excavated for the trench especially including any areas that were "benched" or over -excavated in place of trenched shoring. All disturbed soils generated during excavation, whether inside the trench or associated with it, shall be considered to fall under this requirement. 5/2013 02318 - 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. For water lines, backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with Bank Sand, Select Fill, or Random Fill material as specified in this Section. E. For trench excavations under pavement, place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank Sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select Fill. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F. For trench excavations outside pavements, a Random Fill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 5/2013 02318-12of15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved, the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.06 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Plans. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples maybe taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C. Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. 5/2013 02318 - 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F. In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted embedment and for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted trench zone backfill material. Testing shall be performed for each lift thickness for different backfill material specified in Item 3.05. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Re -compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G. Recondition, re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with n Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 5/2013 02318 - 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re -compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B. Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. D. Coordinate excavation within 15 feet of existing utilities with utility representative. Excavate by hand to locate existing utility, support utility with methods agreed upon by utility representative. All work shall be subsidiary to bid items in Section 00300 Bid Proposal. No additional cost to City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02318 - 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION SECTION 02529 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repair, rehabilitation, or replacement of deteriorated, leaking, or structurally unsound manholes. B. All physically deteriorated, leaking or structurally unsound sanitary sewer manholes, and cleanouts shall be rehabilitated per the provisions of this item. Such manholes shall be rehabilitated by one (1) of the following methods: 1. Complete replacement of sanitary sewer manhole with a new precast concrete manhole as shown on the plans in accordance with section 02542. 2. Rehabilitation by use of a liner. (A liner is defined as an applied or inserted product that improves the structural integrity of the manhole). 3. Rehabilitation by use of a corrosion resistant material. A cementitious liner can be/may be applied to the manhole prior to the installation of the corrosion resistant material if stated in the plans. 4. Other rehabilitation work. C. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. D. Ring grates. E. References to Technical Specifications: F. 1. Section 01200 2. Section 01350 3. Section 01500 4. Section 02255 5. Section 02318 6. Section 02530 7. Section 01140 — Measurement and Payment Procedures — Submittals — Temporary Facilities and Controls — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities — Gravity Sanitary Sewers — Contractor's Use of Premises Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 443, "Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets" ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" b. 5/2016 02529-1 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION c. ASTM C 923, "Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals" d. ASTM C 1107, "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink)" e. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" f. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" g. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 4. American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 5. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) a. Chapter 217.55 "Minimum Clear Opening" G. Definitions: 1. Shallow Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 2. Normal Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 4 feet and up to 8 feet measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 3. Extra Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 8 feet measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 4. Corrosion Resistant Manholes- concrete manholes incorporating additional material, such as liners or coatings, which make them more resistant to corrosion than typical concrete manholes. 5. Standard Manholes Drops- drops of up to 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 6. Extra Depth Manhole Drops- drops in excess of 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for Normal Depth Manholes and/or Normal Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. B. Measurement for Shallow Depth Manholes and/or Shallow Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. 5/2016 02529-2 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION C. Measurement for Extra Depth Manholes and/or Extra Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. D. Payment for Manholes Rehabilitation under this Section shall be for complete installation of corrosion resistance coating and adjustment of benches, riser, frames, grates, rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, cut -in work, covers, penetrations, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. E. Payment for complete manhole replacement shall be in accordance with Section 02542 for a new precast concrete manhole. F. Payment for replacement of damaged manhole cover will be per each for complete installation of riser, frames, grates, rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, cut -in work, covers, penetrations, other appurtenances. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work needed to make manholes structurally sound, improve flow, prevent entrance of inflow or groundwater, prevent entrance of soil or debris, and provide protection against hydrogen sulfide gas attack. B. Manufacturer's Product Support. 1. Through the Contractor, manufacturers of wall sealing or lining systems shall submit to Engineer for review and approval a detailed description of the proposed rehabilitation process. Describe surface preparation, independent laboratory test results, mix design procedures and method of controlling uniform thickness. 2. A representative employed by the manufacturer and having technical training in epoxy or cementititous liner shall be named and available for consultation by telephone during business hours and on site upon 48 hours notices. 3. Manufacturer's representative on concrete lining systems shall provide technical assistance to concrete batch plant operators to ensure proper usage of dispensing equipment and accurate proportions of admixtures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drops. 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 5/2016 02529-3 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6. Shop Drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and dimensions. 7. Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in this Section, 2.03E, "Design Loading Criteria". 8. Materials and procedures for corrosion resistant liner and coatings. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. D. Installer Qualifications. Installers of liners and wall repair systems shall submit qualifications to Engineer for approval at least 14 days prior to start of any material application. Submittal shall consist of: 1. Manufacturer's approved equipment list, by name and model number for application of product and contractor's equipment list showing approved equipment available for use in product application. 2. The materials shall be applied by an approved certified applicator and must meet manufacturer's recommendations. List of contractor's personnel who have satisfactorily completed manufacturer's training in product application within previous two years. Include date of certification for each person performing work. E. Progress Photographs: 1. After cleaning and sealing each manhole, submit 3" x 5" color photographs of manhole's interior walls for review by Engineer. Engineer may inspect the manhole before giving approval to begin lining. 2. After liner installation of each manhole, submit a minimum of three additional 3" x 5" color photographs to show final condition of rehabilitated manhole. 3. Provide photographs of sufficient quality and clarity so that interior condition can be readily determined by Engineer. 4. Annotate each photograph. Give date, manhole number, material used, and appropriate remarks on the back using permanent ink. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Manholes Containing Mechanical or Electrical Equipment: 1. Drawings may not show locations of flow monitoring equipment. If a manhole contains any mechanical hardware or electrical flow monitoring equipment immediately notify Engineer. 2. Reschedule work in such manholes until equipment has been removed by Owner and further instructions are given. 3. Do not subject manholes with mechanical hardware or electrical equipment to diversion/bypass pumping. 5/2016 02529-4 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION 4. Damage to installed equipment, due to negligence of Contractor, will be repaired by Owner and cost of repairs charged to Contractor. B. Field Location of Manholes, Cleanouts and Inlets: 1. Contractor is responsible for locating and uncovering all manholes and cleanouts in lines being rehabilitated. If difficulty is encountered in locating a manhole or cleanout covered by ground or pavement, notify Engineer and await instructions. 2. Manholes may be located within project limits which are not part of the system being rehabilitated. Properly identify manholes before starting cleaning and sealing operations. 1.06 SALVAGE A. Manhole covers and frames, inlet grates and frames, and adjusting rings from abandoned manholes and inlets remain the property of the Owner. Clean and deliver salvaged items to locations designated by Engineer. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL CLEANING MATERIAL A. High Pressure Water: 3500-psi minimum force. B. Cleaners: Detergent or muriatic acid capable of removing dirt, grease, oil and other matter which would prevent a good bond of sealing material to wall. Refer to sealing material manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.03 WALL REPAIR MATERIALS A. Hydraulic Cements: Use a blend of cement powders or hydraulic cement to stop active leaks in the manhole structure. B. Quickset Mortar: Use a quickset mortar to repair wide cracks, holes or disintegrated mortar. 2.04 MANHOLE CEMENTITIOUS LINER A. This method consists of spray applying a cementitious mix to the manhole walls and benches on the existing manholes resulting in a monolithic liner having a minimum thickness of 1-inch. The mix(es) shall be batches in accordance with 5/2016 02529-5 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION manufacturer's recommendations. Adding water to facilitate application at the nozzle will not be allowed. B. Provide preapproved cementitious structural rehabilitation liner material for use as a liner for manhole and to repair and reform manhole benches and inverts. Use a pre -approved cementitious structural manhole rehabilitation material which develops a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 14 days as, tested per the provisions of ASTM C1140. Follow manufacturer's recommended batching and mixing instructions. C. The equivalent thickeness for 1-inch cementitious plus 125 mils of epoxy for SewperCoat 100% Calcium Aluminate product is 1,000 mils. The materials shall be applied by an approved certified applicator and must meet the manufacturer's recommendations. Equipment for installation of lining materials shall be high quality grade and be as recommended by the, manufacturer. 2.05 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Provide one of the following as indicated on the Plans: 1. Precast cylindrical Portland cement concrete manhole sections, base sections, and cone sections with one of the following factory applied internal coatings or approved equal: a. Chemical and cementitious rapid set hydraulic grouts such as Strong -Plug, Strong -Seal QSR, Quadex Hyperform and Quadex Hydro -Plug, or other equivalents pre -approved by the engineer. The products listed above could be used to repair the structure along with Raven liner. b. Raven liner (contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). c. SewperCoat 100% Calcium aluminate by KerneosTM Aluminate Technologies. 2. The manufacturer of these applied products shall provide a'minimum 10- year material and labor warranty. A 10-year manufacturer warranty shall be applicable to all Rehabilitation manholes as indicated on plan or as approved by the Engineer. 2.06 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform tothe requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 2.07 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. For non -shrink grout, use prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non-metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall 5/2016 02529-6 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.08 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to City of Pearland Standard Construction Details and shall be ASTM A 48, Class 30. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.09 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.10 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Plans, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by East Jordan Iron Works, or approval equal. 2.11 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.12 INFLOW PREVENTERS A. Provide stainless steel inflow preventers with air release vents on all sanitary sewer manholes. 5/2016 02529-7 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION 2.13 BENCH FORMING/REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use corrosion resistant concrete containing microsilica admixtures to repair and reform manhole benches and inverts. 2.14 MANHOLE COVER, FRAME AND INSERTS A. Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, covers, and stainless steel inflow preventers conforming to requirements of this Section and the City of Pearland Standard Construction Details if indicated on plan. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Provide barricades and warning lights and signs for excavations created by manhole or cleanout removal. B. Do not allow sand, debris, coating/construction material or runoff to enter sewer system. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate in accordance with Section 02318. B. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a Trench Safety System as specified in Section 01570 for excavations over 5 feet deep. C. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564. 3.03 BYPASS PUMPING A. Install and operate diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow in accordance with requirements of the appropriate Section. Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from Engineer. B. Design all piping, joints and accessories to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater. C. In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the TCEQ and Environmental Protection Agency. 5/2016 02529-8 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION 3.04 ABANDONMENT OF CLEANOUTS AND MANHOLES A. Abandon cleanouts or manholes designated on Drawing or as directed by the Engineer. B. Remove manhole cover, existing manhole cone, and fill the manhole as shown on standard detail for sanitary sewer manhole abandonment. C. If a manhole is to be abandoned on a rehabilitated line, install a carrier pipe through the structure and abandon the manhole as shown in sanitary sewer manhole abandonment detail. 3.05 MANHOLE WALL CLEANING A. The floor and interior walls of the manhole shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free of all foreign materials including dirt, grit, roots, oils, grease, sludge, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts, or other contaminants which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. 1. High pressure water blasting with a minimum of 3500 psi shall be used to clean free all foreign material within the manhole. 2. When grease and oil are present within the manhole, an approved detergent or muriatic acid shall be used integrally with the high pressure cleaning water. 3. All materials resulting from the cleaning of the manhole shall be removed prior to application of the cement based coating. 4. All loose or defective brick, grout, ledges, steps and protruding ledges shall be removed to provide an even surface prior to application of coating. B. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. C. No separate pay shall be made for this item. Include cost for sealing in the unit price for manhole liner. D. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at all times on site to answer questions and approve manhole preparation work prior to lining. 3.06 MANHOLE WALL SEALING A. Seal active leaks in the manhole structure by using hydraulic cement material. B. Remove loose or defective wall material. Wipe or brush surface clean prior to the application of hydraulic cements. 5/2016 02529-9 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION C. Drill weep holes at bottom of manhole walls to relieve hydrostatic pressure to stop leaks. Plug pressure relief holes after leaks are stopped using hydraulic cement materials. Lead wool may also be used to plug large leaks! D. Repair wide cracks, holes, or disintegrated mortar with quickset mortars. Follow manufacturer's application procedures. E. Reshape manhole inverts before wall sealing work. Apply concrete to cleaned manhole benches as specified in Section 03700. F. After all active leaks have been stopped, clean and prepare walls for application of selected liner material. G. Properly apply the sealing compound to provide the minimum required uniform coating to the wall surface. H. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. I. Strictly follow product manufacturer's published technical specifications and recommendations for surface preparation, application and proportioning. 3.07 MANHOLE BENCHES/INVERTS A. Remove obstructions and loose materials from benches prior to shaping the invert. Form a smooth, U-shaped invert having a minimum depth of one-half pipe diameter and channel it across the floor of the manhole using a quickset mortar. Control flow to allow sufficient setting time for material used. B. Make finished benches smooth and without defects which would allow for accumulation of debris. 3.08 MANHOLE COVERS AND FRAMES A. Adjust manhole frames and covers found above or below grade and reset loose frames. Make adjustments with concrete rings or approved materials. Set frames in a full bed of non -shrink grout and adjust to surrounding grade as specified in the pertinent section. Protect bottoms of manhole from debris or soil during adjustment. B. Install watertight manhole covers and frames at locations shown on the Drawings or as instructed by Engineer. Use new frames and covers. 3.09 BACKFILL 5/2016 02529-10 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the spring -line of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530- Gravity Sanitary Sewers. Vacuum test shall be completed prior to coating of the manhole. 3.11 INSPECTION A. After manhole wall sealing or manhole rehabilitation has been completed, visually inspect the manhole in the presence of Engineer. Check for cleanliness of interior surface, elimination of active leaks, and no blockage condition for sanitary sewer line. B. At completion of manhole rehabilitation, assist Engineer in verifying installation of minimum coating thickness of concrete liner. Test several points on the manhole wall. Repair verification points prior to final acceptance for payment. C. During application of corrosion resistant liner, a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414, shall be used. Measurements shall be taken, documented and attested by the Contractor for submission to the Owner. D. At completion of manhole rehabilitation, assist Engineer in inspection of installation. 3.12 TESTING A. After the coating product(s) have set in accordance with manufacturer instructions, all surfaces shall be inspected for holidays with high -voltage holiday detection equipment. Reference NACE RPO 188-99 for performing holiday detection. All detected holidays shall be marked and repaired by abrading the coating surface with grit disk paper or other hand tooling method. After abrading and cleaning, additional coating can be hand applied to the repair area. All touch- up/repair procedures shall follow the coating manufacturer's recommendations. Documentation on areas tested, results and repairs made shall be provided to Owner by Contractor. 5/2016 02529-11 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION B. Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Contractor. END OF SECTION 5/2016 02529-12 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Section 02530 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gravity sanitary sewers and appurtenances, including cleanouts, stacks, service connections, and reconnections. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 02415 — Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 2. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 3. Section 01350 — Submittals 4. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services 5. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 6. Section 01570 — Trench Safety System 7. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 8. Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 9. Section 02220 — Site Demolition 10. Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises C Reference Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784, "Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b. ASTM F 477, "Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" c. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" d. ASTM F 679, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings" e. ASTM F 949, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings" f. ASTM D 794, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter" g. ASTM D 2241, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure -Rated Pipe (SDR Series)" h. ASTM D 3212, "Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" i. ASTM D 3139, "Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" j. ASTM D 2444, "Standard Test Method for Determination for the Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight)" 4/2013 02530 - 1 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS k. ASTM F 714, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter" 1. ASTM D 2657, "Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining and Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings" m. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" n. ASTM D 3350, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials" o. ASTM D 3681, "Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition" p. ASTM D 4161, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" q. ASTM D 3262, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Sewer Pipe" r. ASTM D 3754, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Sewer and Industrial Pressure Pipe" s. ASTM D 618, "Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for Testing" t. ASTM C 828, "Standard Test Method for Low -Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines" u. ASTM C 924, "Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low -Pressure Air Test Method" v. ASTM F 1417, "Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low -Pressure Air" 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C 900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4" — 12" for Water Distribution b. AWWA C 905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters, 14in. Through 36 in. 3. Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) a. PPI TR3, "Policies and Procedures for Developing Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Pressure Design Basis (PDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), and Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for Thermoplastic Piping Materials or Pipe" 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 5. Texas Administrative Code (TAC) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement of pipe installed at depths 8-feet and less by open cut method is on a linear foot basis, measured and complete in place. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes, except for pipe in casing or augered installation. B Payment includes sewer pipe, excavation, bedding, backfill and special backfill, shoring, earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe, stacks, cleanouts, 4/2013 02530 - 2 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS accessories, inspection and testing. Depths beyond 8' will be paid by 2 vertical feet increments. C Refer to Section 02415 — Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers for measurement and payment of augered sewer pipe. D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit inspection reports, testing reports, and video tape of television inspections as directed by Engineer. C Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for Gravity Sanitary Sewer construction. Plan operations to minimize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Qualifications. Gravity Sanitary Sewer shall be watertight both in pipe -to -pipe joints and in pipe -to -manhole connections. Perform testing in accordance with this Section and Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B Regulatory Requirements. 1. Install Gravity Sanitary Sewer to meet the minimum separation distance from any potable water line, as scheduled below. The separation distance is defined as the distance between the outside of the water pipe and the outside of the sewer pipe. When possible, install new Gravity Sanitary Sewers no closer to water lines than 9 feet in all directions. Where this separation distance cannot be achieved, new Gravity Sanitary Sewers shall be installed as specified in this Section. 2. Make notification to the Engineer if water lines are uncovered during Gravity Sanitary Sewer installation where the minimum separation distance cannot be maintained. 3. Lay Gravity Sanitary Sewers lines in straight alignment and grade. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Inspect pipe and fittings upon arrival of materials at the Project Site. 4/2013 02530 - 3 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS B Handle and store pipe materials and fittings to protect them from damage due to impact, shock, shear, or free fall. Do not drag pipe and fittings along the ground. Do not roll pipe unrestrained from delivery trucks. C Use mechanical means to move or handle pipe. Employ acceptable clamps, rope or slings around the outside barrel of pipe and fittings. Do not use hooks, bars, or other devices in contact with the interior surface of the pipe to lift or move lined pipe 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GASKET MATERIAL FOR USE IN POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED AREAS A Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following Gasket Material for the noted contaminants: CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE A Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4° F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. All pipe used for gravity sanitary sewer shall be green. C Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477. When no contaminant is identified, use elastomeric factory -installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. D Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic, non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non -supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 4/2013 02530 - 4 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS E PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipe shall be green in color and shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: WALL TYPE MANUFACTURER PRODUCT OPTIONS ASTM DESIGNATION SDR (MAX.)/ STIFFNESS (MIN.) DIAMETER SIZE RANGE Solid J-M Pipe CertainTeed Can -Tex Carlon Diamond Approved D 3034 SDR 26 / PS 115 6" to 15" Approved F 679 SDR 26 / PS 115 18" to 48" Approved AWWA C900 DR 18 / N/A*** 4" to 12" Approved AWWA C905 DR 18 /N/A*** 14" to 36" Profile* Contech A-2000** Only when included in the Bid Schedule F 949 N/A / 50 psi 12" to 36" ETI Ultra -Rib F 794 N/A / 46 psi 12" to 48" Lamson Vylon F 794 N/A / 46 psi 21" to 48" * Allowed to be used where there are no service taps. ** Allowed to be used to a maximum depth of 10' only. ***For water -sewer separation requirements unless specifically noted in Bid Schedule. F When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F 679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. G For Gravity Sanitary Sewers up to 12 inch diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure -rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. H Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory - assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sanitary sewer bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle -type tees, wye fittings, or solvent welds are not acceptable. 2.03 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE A Provide HDPE pipe as follows and only when listed as a Bid Item: WALL TYPE MANUFACTURER PRODUCT OPTIONS ASTM DESIGNATION PIPE STIFFNESS (MIN) DIAMETER RANGE (INCHES) Solid Wall Drisco 1000 Drisco 8600 Quail Pipe Approved F 714 115 psi 8 to 10 4/2013 02530 - 5 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS gw) Poly Pipe Plexco B Solid wall pipe shall be produced with plain end construction for heat joining (butt fusion) conforming to ASTM D 2657. Utilize controlled temperatures and pressures for joining to produce a fused leak -free joint. C Pipe and Fittings: High density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34, as defined in ASTM D1248. Material meeting the requirements of cell classification in accordance with ASTM D 3350 are also suitable for making pipe products under these specifications. D Gaskets: 1. Use gaskets meeting requirement of ASTM F 477. Use gasket molded into a circular form or extruded to the proper section and then spliced into circular form. When no contaminant is identified, use gaskets of a properly cured, high-grade elastomeric compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber, synthetic elastomer, or a blend of both. E Lubricant. Use a lubricant for assembly of gasketed joints which has no detrimental effect on the gasket or on the pipe, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F Furnish pipe and fittings that are homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other injurious defects. Provide pipe as uniform as commercially practical in color, opacity, density, and other physical properties. 2.04 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE 4/2013 A Manufacturers 1. Pre -approved manufacturer for centrifugally cast fiberglass pipe is Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. B Materials 1. Resin Systems: The manufacturer shall use only polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this particular application. The historical data shall have been collected from applications of a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed product. 2. Glass Reinforcements: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. 3. Fillers: Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. 4. Additives: Resin additives, such as pigments, dyes, and other coloring agents, if used, shall in no way be detrimental to the performance of the product nor shall they impair visual inspection of the finished products. 5. Rubber Gaskets: Supply from an approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F 477, when no contaminant is identified and suitable for the service intended. Gaskets shall either be affixed to the pipe by means of a 02530 - 6 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS suitable adhesive or shall be installed in such a manner so as to prevent the gasket from rolling out of the pre-cut groove in the pipe or sleeve coupling. 6. The internal liner resin shall be suitable for service as sewer pipe, and shall be highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid as produced by biological activity from hydrogen sulfide gases. Pipe shall meet or exceed requirements of ASTM D 3681. C Pipes 1. Furnish pipes in the diameters specified and within the tolerances specified below. 2. Manufacture pipe by the centrifugal casting process to result in a dense, nonporous, corrosion -resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions as shown on the Plans. 3. Do not use stiffening ribs or rings. D Couplings: Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets as the sole means to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D 4161. E Fittings: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, and other fittings shall be capable of withstanding operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass fiber reinforced overlays. ^� F Manhole Connections: Provide a water stop flange (wall pipe) for connection to a cast -in -place manhole base or other structure. G Grout Ports: Provide grout ports in the wall of pipe when required. Provide plugs of 316 stainless steel or other corrosion -resistant material compatible with the pipe. Grout port plugs shall be designed and installed to meet the test pressure of the pipe. H Dimensions 1. Diameters: The actual outside diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance with Table 3 of ASTM D 3262 for Gravity Sanitary Sewers, or ASTM D 3754 for force mains. 2. Lengths: The pipe standard length will be approximately 20 feet. A maximum of 10 percent of the lengths, excluding special order pipes, may be supplied in random lengths. 3. Wall Thickness: The minimum average wall thickness shall be the stated design thickness. The minimum single point thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness. 4. End Squareness: Pipe ends shall be square to the pipe axis. 5. Tolerance of Fittings: The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the main and leg of a wye or tee shall be plus or minus 2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying length of a fitting shall be plus or minus 2 inches. I Stiffness Classes 4/2013 02530 - 7 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1. Stiffness class of FRP pipe shall satisfy design requirements, but shall not be less than 46 psi, when used in direct bury operation; 36 psi, when installed within a primary tunnel liner. 2. Stiffness class of FRP in a pipe jacking operation shall be governed either by the ring deflection limitations or by a pipe design providing longitudinal strength required by the jacking method and shall satisfy design requirements stated below. Submit design calculations as required in Paragraph 1.05, Submittals. a. Pipe stress calculations based on jacking loads shall be provided by the pipe supplier. b. Ring deflection calculations shall conform to design requirements of 30 TAC Chapter 317.20 pertaining to flexible pipe used in Gravity Sanitary Sewers. The pipe deflection calculations shall ensure that predicted deflection will be less than 5 percent under long-term loading conditions (soil prism load) for the highest density of soil overburden and surcharge loads. Deflection on calculations shall be prepared using long-term (drained) values for soil parameters contained in the geotechnical investigation report for the Project, or other site -specific data obtained by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer. J Testing 1. Pipes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 3262 or ASTM D 3754, as applicable, except that the factory hydrostatic pressure testing is not required. 2. Joints: Coupling joints shall be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D 4161 K Packaging, Handling, and Shipping 1. Packing, handling, and shipping should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. L Installation 1 Install pipe and fittings in accordance with requirements of this Section. 2. The manufacturer must supply a suitable qualified field service representative to be present periodically during the installation of pipe. 3. Pipe Bedding: Conform to requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 4. Pipe Handling: Use textile slings. 5. Jointing a. Clean ends of pipe and coupling components. b. Check pipe ends and couplings for damage. Correct any damage found. c. Coupling grooves must be completely free of dirt. d. Apply joint lubricant to pipe ends and rubber seals of coupling. Use only lubricants approved by the pipe manufacturer. e. Use suitable auxiliary equipment, such as a wire rope puller, to pull joints together. 4/2013 02530 - 8 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS f. Do not exceed forces recommended by the manufacturer for coupling pipe. If excessive force is required, remove coupling, determine source of problem, and correct it. g. In the process of jointing the pipe, do not allow the deflection angle to exceed the deflection permitted by the manufacturer. 6. If pressure grouting of the pipe is conducted as part of a pipe jacked tunnel installation, seal the grout holes with liner resin to a thickness equal to the pipe liner thickness, or with a threaded plug for that purpose. 7. Tests: Conform to requirements of this Section. 2.05 INSPECTIONS A The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. B Manufacturer's Notification to Customer. Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those specific pipes will take place. C Failure to Inspect. Approval of the products or tests is not implied by the Engineer's decision not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or finished pipes. 2.06 TEST METHODS A Conditioning. Conditioning of samples prior to and during tests are subject to approval by the Engineer. When referee tests are required, condition the specimens in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM D 618 at 73.4 degrees F plus or minus 3.6 degrees F (23 degrees C plus or minus 2 degrees C) and 50 percent relative humidity plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests under the same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified. B Flattening. Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared in accordance with Paragraph 2.05A, in a suitable press until the internal diameter has been reduced to 40 percent of the original inside diameter of the pipe. The rate of loading shall be uniform and at 2-inches per minute. The test specimens, when examined under normal light and with the unaided eye, shall show no evidence of splitting, cracking, breaking, or separation of the pipe walls or bracing profiles. C Joint Tightness. Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D 3212, except replace the shear load transfer bars and supports with 6 inch wide support blocks that can be either flat or contoured to conform to the pipe's outer contour. D Purpose of Tests. The flattening and the joint tightness tests are not intended to be routine quality control tests, but rather to qualify pipe to a specified level of performance. 4/2013 02530 - 9 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2.07 MARKING A Mark each standard and random length of pipe in compliance with these Specifications with the following information: 1. Pipe size 2. Pipe class 3. Production code 4. Material designation 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220 — Site Demolition, as applicable. 3.02 DIVERSION PUMPING A Install and operate required bulkheads, plugs, piping, and diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow. Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from the Engineer. B Design piping, joints and accessories to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater. C No sewage shall be diverted into any area outside of the sanitary sewer. D In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify the Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the TCEQ and the Environmental Protection Agency by the Engineer. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers including: 1. Visual inspection of sewer pipes 2. Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes. 3. Leakage testing of sewer pipes. 4. Leakage testing of manholes. B Performance Requirements: 1. Gravity sanitary sewers are required to have a straight alignment and uniform grade between manholes. 4/2013 02530 - 10 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2. Flexible pipe, including "semi -rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than 5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to final acceptance using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances. 3. Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration a. The total exfiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater elevation, whichever is greater. b. When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole. c. Refer to Table 2530-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of the Section, for measuring leakage in sewers. Perfonn leakage testing to verify that leakage criteria are met. 4. Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this Section and the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission requirements. Refer to Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, Table 02530-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test, and Table 02530-4, Vacuum Test Time Table, at the end of this Section. C Gravity Sanitary Sewer Quality Assurance: 1. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. 2. Provide testing reports and video tape of television inspection as directed by Engineer. 3. Upon completion of tape reviews by Engineer, Contractor will be notified regarding final acceptance of the sewer segment. D Sequencing and Scheduling: 1. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed sewer remains untested at any one time. 2. Coordinate testing schedules with Engineer. Perform testing under observation of Engineer. E Deflection Mandrel: 1. Mandrel Sizing. The rigid mandrel shall have an outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter (I.D.) of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. 2. Mandrel Design. The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. The 4/2013 02530 - 11 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS mandrel shall have nine or more "runners" or "legs" as long as the total number of legs is an odd number. The barrel section of the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow a reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. A proving ring shall be provided and used for modifying each size mandrel. 3. Proving Ring. Furnish a "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate the ring of 1/2 inch thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to a diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter. 4. Mandrel Dimensions (5 percent allowance). Average inside diameter and minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02530-5, Pipe vs. Mandrel Diameter, at the end of this Section. Mandrels for higher strength, thicker wall pipe or other pipe not listed in the table may be used when approved by the Engineer. F Exfiltration Test: 1. Water Meter: Obtain a transient water meter from the City for use when water for testing will be taken from the City system. Conform to City requirements for water meter use. 2. Test Equipment: a. Pipe plugs. b. Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or service lead. G Infiltration Test: 1. Test Equipment: ' a. Calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir. b. Pipe plugs. H Low Pressure Air Test: 1. 'Minimum Requirement for Equipment: a. Control panel. b. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. c. Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested; capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. d. Air hoses from control panel to: 1) Air supply. 2) Pneumatic plugs.. 3) Sealed line for pressuring. 4) Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure. 2. Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig; then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they remain in place against the test pressure without external aids. I Ground Water Determination: 4/2013 02530 - 12 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1. Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. J Visual Inspection: 1. Check pipe alignment visually by flashing a light between structures. Verify if alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced. In case of misalignment or damaged pipe, remove and re -lay or replace pipe segment. K Mandrel Testing: 1. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi -rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5 percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034. Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of line segment, but prior to final acceptance testing of the line segment. 2. Pull the approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any section of sewer not passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs. 3. Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections. L Leakage Testing: 1. Test Options: a. Test Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods, as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing. b. Test new or rehabilitated sanitary sewer manholes with water or low pressure air. Manholes tested with low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing. c. Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment, and prior to tie-in of service connections. d. If no installed piezometer is within 500 feet of the sewer segment, Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer for this purpose. 2. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure: a. Where ground water exists, install a pipe nipple at the same time sewer line is placed. Use a 1/2-inch capped pipe nipple approximately 10 inches long. Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. b. Immediately before performing line acceptance test, remove cap, clear pipe nipple with air pressure, and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically and allow water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.3 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing. 3. Exfiltration test: a. Determine ground water elevation. b. Plug sewer in downstream manhole. c. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. d. Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole if highest point in service lead (house service) is less than 2 feet below bottom of manhole cone. 4/2013 02530 - 13 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS c^ e. Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser, if used, with water to a point 2-1/2 feet above highest point in sewer pipe, house lead, or ground water table, whichever is highest. f. Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop of water surface, in inches, over a one -hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons) or measure the quantity of water required to keep water at same level. Loss shall not exceed that calculated from allowable leakage according to Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 4. Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of sewer pipe or service lead (house service). a. Determine ground water elevation. b. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. c. Insert calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole. d. Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes. e. Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable leakage according to the Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 5. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828, ASTM C 924, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that listed in Table 02530-2. a. Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 36- inch average inside diameter. b. Lines 36-inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe size. c. For pipe sections less than 36-inch average inside diameter: 1) Determine ground water level. 2) Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe. 3) After a manhole -to -manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. 4) Pressurize pipe to 4.0 psig. Increase pressure 1.0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes. Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground water table). Refer to Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section. 5) To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig. The time must exceed that 4/2013 02530 - 14 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS listed in the Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section for pipe diameter and length. For sliplining, use diameter of carrier pipe. 6. Retest: Any section of pipe which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested. M Test Criteria Tables 1. Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests: Refer to Table 02530-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this Section. 2. Low Pressure Air Test: a. Times in Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation from TCEQ Design Criteria for Sewerage Systems: 317.2(a)(4)(B). T = 0.0850(D)(K)/(Q) Where: T = Time for pressure to drop 1.0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds K = 0.000419 DL, but not less than 1.0 D = Average inside diameter in inches L = Length of line of same pipe size in feet Q = Rate of loss, 0.0015 ft3/min./sq. ft. internal surface b. Since a K value of less than 1.0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as given in Table 02732-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test. Notes: 1. When two sizes of pipe are involved, the time shall be computed by the ratio of lengths involved. 2. Line with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. 3. Lines with an average inside diameter greater than 36 inches must be air tested for leakage at each joint 4. If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. 5. For joint test, the pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum times allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. N Leakage Testing for Manholes 4/2013 02530 - 15 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1. After completion of manhole construction, wall sealing, or rehabilitation, but prior to backfilling, test manholes for water tightness using hydrostatic or vacuum testing procedures. 2. Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably -sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and installation recommendations. Place plugs a minimum of 6 inches outside of manhole walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering manhole have not been backfilled. 3. Vacuum testing: a. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety precautions, inflate sealing element to the recommended maximum inflation pressure; do not over -inflate. b. Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02530-4, Vacuum Test Time Table. c. If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 4. Hydrostatic exfiltration testing shall be performed as follows: a. Seal wastewater lines coming into the manhole with an internal pipe plug. Then fill the manhole with water and maintain it full for at least one hour. b. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0.025 gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour. c. If water loss exceeds amount tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.04 BACKFILL A Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Backfill the trench in specified lifts only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer. 3.05 CLEAN UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 4/2013 02530 - 16 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain gravity sanitary sewer installations in good condition until completion of the work. Table 02530-1 WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE DIAMETER OF RISER OR STACK IN INCHES VOLUME PER INCH OF DEPTH ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE* INCH GALLONS PIPE SIZE IN INCHES GALLONS/MINUTE PER 100 FT. 1 0.7854 .0034 6 0.0039 2 3.1416 .0136 8 0.0053 2.5 4.9087 .0212 10 0.0066 3 7.0686 .0306 12 0.0079 4 12.5664 .0306 15 0.0099 5 19.6350 .0544 18 0.0118 6 28.2743 .1224 21 0.0138 8 50.2655 .2176 24 0.0518 27 0.0177 30 0.0197 36 0.0237 42 0.0276 For other diameters, multiply square of diameters by value for 1" diameter Equivalent to 50 gallons per inch inside diameter per mile per 24 hours * Allowable leakage rate shall be reduced to 10 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24 hours, when sewer is identified as located within the 25-year flood plain. 4/2013 02530 - 17 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG Pipe Diam (in) Min. Time (min:sec)Time Length for Min. (ft) Time for Longer (sec)Lengt Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec) 100 ft 150 ft 200 ft 250 ft 300 ft 350 ft 400 ft 450 ft 500 ft 550 ft 600 ft 6 5:40 398 0.8548 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:25 7:07 7:50 8:33 8 7:33 298 1.5196 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 12:40 13:36 15:12 10 9:27 239 2.3743 9:27 9:27 9:27 9:54 11:52 13:51 15:50 17:48 19:47 21:46 23:45 12 11:20 199 3.4190 11:20 11:20 11:20 14:15 17:06 19:57 22:48 25:39 28:30 31:20 34:11 15 14:10 159 5.3423 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:16 26:43 31:10 35:37 40:04 44:31 48:58 53:25 18 17:00 133 7.6928 17:00 19:14 25:39 32:03 38:28 44:52 51:17 57:42 64:06 70:31 76:56 21 19:50 114 10.4708 19:50 26:11 34:54 43:38 52:21 61:05 69:48 78:32 87:15 95:59 104:42 24 22:40 99 13.6762 22:48 34:11 45:35 56:59 68:23 79:47 91:10 102:34 113:58 125:22 136:46 27 25:30 88 17.3089 28:51 43:16 57:42 72:07 86:33 100:58 115:24 129:49 144:14 158:40 173:05 30 28:20 80 21.3690 35:37 53:37 71:14 89:02 106:51 124:39 142:28 160:16 178:05 195:53 213:41 33 31:10 72 25.8565 43:06 64:38 86:11 107:44 129:17 150:50 172:23 193:55 215:28 237:01 258:34 Table 02530-3 MINIMUM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST PIPE DIAMETER (INCHES) MINIMUM TIME (SECONDS) LENGTH FOR MINIMUM TIME (FEET) TIME FOR LONGER LENGTH (SECONDS) 6 340 398 0.855 (L) 8 454 298 1.520 (L) 10 567 239 2.374 (L) 12 680 199 3.419 (L) 15 850 159 5.342 (L) 18 1020 133 7.693 (L) 21 1190 114 10.471 (L) 24 1360 100 13.676 (L) 27 1530 88 17.309 (L) 30 1700 80 21.369 (L) 33 1870 72 25.856 (L) 4/2013 02530 - 18 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-4 VACUUM TEST TIME TABLE DEPTH IN FEET TIME IN SECONDS BY PIPE DIAMETER 48" 60" 72" 4 10 13 16 8 20 26 32 12 30 39 48 16 40 52 64 20 50 65 80 24 60 78 96 * 5.0 6.5 8.0 *Add T times for each additional 2-foot depth. (The values listed above have been extrapolated from ASTM C 924-85) 4/2013 02530 - 19 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS (s^ Table 02530-5 PIPE VS. MANDREL DIAMETER MATERIAL AND WALL CONSTRUCTION NOMINAL SIZE AVERAGE I.D. (INCHES) MINIMUM MANDREL DIAMETER (INCHES) (INCHES) PVC -Solid (SDR 26) 6 5.764 5.476 8 7 715 7 129 10 9.646 9.162 PVC -Solid (SDR 35) 12 11.737 11.150 15 14.374 13.655 18 17.629 16.748 21 20.783 19.744 24 23.381 22.120 27 26.351 25.033 PVC -Profile (ASTM F 794) 12 11.740 11.153 15 14.370 13.652 18 17.650 16.768 21 20.750 19.713 24 23.500 22.325 27 26.500 25.175 30 29.500 28.025 36 35.500 33.725 42 41.500 39.425 48 47.500 45.125 HDPE-Profile 18 18.000 17.100 21 21.000 19.950 24 24.000 22.800 27 27.000 25.650 30 30.000 28.500 36 36.000 34.200 42 42.000 39.900 48 48.000 45.600 54 54.000 51.300 60 60.000 57.000 Fiberglass -Centrifugally Cast (Class SN 46) 12 12.85 11.822 18 18.66 17.727 20 20.68 19.646 24 24.72 23.484 30 30.68 29.146 36 36.74 34.903 42 42.70 40.565 48 48.76 46.322 54 54.82 52.079 60 60.38 57.361 END OF SECTION 4/2013 02530 - 20 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS Section 02531 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of service stubs on new sanitary sewers serving areas where sanitary sewer service did not previously exist. B Reconnection of existing service connections along parallel, replacement, or rehabilitated sanitary sewers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 3. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 01570 — Trench Safety System 5. Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 6. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7. Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers 8. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784, "Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" c. ASTM D 3212, "Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for single, near -side service leads is on a per each basis, complete in place. B Measurement for double, near -side service leads is on a per each basis, completed in place. C Measurement for single, far -side service leads is on a per each basis, complete in place. D Measurement for double, far -side service leads is on a per each basis, complete in place. 02/2008 02531 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS E Payment for service leads includes service connections, couplings, clean -outs, adapters, disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing. F Measurement for sanitary sewer stacks up to 3 vertical feet is on a per each basis, complete in place. Payment includes riser pipe, service connections, couplings, clean - outs, adapters, disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing. G Measurement for extra depth sanitary sewer stacks greater than 3 vertical feet is on a vertical foot basis from the top of the receiving sewer to the invert of the service connection, measured and complete in place. Payment includes excavation, pipe, bedding, and backfill for that portion of the stack in excess of 3 feet. H Measurement for sanitary sewer service reconnections with stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline shall be per each reconnection, complete in place. I Measurement for sanitary sewer service reconnections without stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline shall be per each reconnection, complete in place. J Payment for sanitary sewer service reconnections includes include service connections, couplings, clean -outs, adapters disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing. K Augered pipe for service leads will be paid as provided in Section 02415 — Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewer. L One or more connections discharging into a common point are considered one service connection. The Contractor shall not add service reconnections without approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may require reconnections to be moved or relocated to avoid having more than two single family units per reconnection. M Measurement for abandonment of service connection is on a per each basis. No additional payment will be made for abandonment of service connection unless excavation is required beyond new or replacement sewer or service lead trench zone. No separate payment will be made for excavation of sanitary sewer services within the new or replacement sewer trench. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product data for each pipe product, fitting, coupling and adapter. C Submit field red lines documenting location of sanitary sewer stubs and reconnections as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 02/2008 02531 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS — Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. Record the exact distance from each service connection to the nearest downstream manhole. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PVC SERVICE CONNECTION A As stubouts, use PVC sewer pipe, 4-inch through 10-inch, conforming to ASTM D 1784 and ASTM D 3034, with a cell classification of 12454-B. The SDR (ratio of diameter to wall thickness) shall be 26 for pipe 10 inches in diameter or less. B PVC pipe shall be gasket jointed with gasket conforming to ASTM D3212. C Provide service connection pipe in sizes shown on the Plans. For reconnection of existing services, select service connection pipe diameter to match existing service diameter. D Provide a 6-inch service connection when more than one service discharges into a single pipe. E Connect service pipes to new parallel or replacement sewer mains with prefabricated, full-bodied tee or wye fittings conforming to specifications for the sewer main pipe material as specified in other Sections for all sewers up to 18 inches in diameter. F Where new sewers are installed using pipe augering or tunneling, or where the new sewer is greater than 18 inches in diameter, use Fowler "Inserta-Tee" to connect the service to the new sewer main. 2.02 PIPE SADDLES A Use pipe saddles only on rehabilitated sanitary sewer mains. Comply with Paragraph 2.01E for new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains. 02/2008 02531 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 2.03 COUPLINGS AND ADAPTERS A For connection between new PVC pipe stubout and existing service; 4-, 6-, or 8-inch diameter, use flexible adapter coupling consisting of a neoprene gasket and stainless steel shear ring, with 1/2-inch stainless steel band clamps: 1. Fernco Pipe Connectors, Inc., Series 1055 with shear ring SR-8; 2. Band Seal by Mission Rubber Co., Inc.; 3. Approved equal. B For connection between new PVC pipe stub out and new service, use rubber-gasketed adapter coupling: 1. GPK Products, Inc., IPS & Sewer Adapter. 2. Approved Equal. 2.04 STACKS A Provide stacks for service connections wherever the crown of the sewer is 8 feet or more below finished grade. B Construct stacks of the same material as the sanitary sewer and as shown on the Plans. C Provide stacks of the same nominal diameter at the sanitary service line. 2.05 CLEAN -OUTS A Install clean -outs at property line on each service connection as shown in detail on the Plans. 2.06 PLUGS AND CAPS A Seal the upstream end of unconnected sewer service stubs with rubber gasketed plugs or caps of the same pipe type and size. Provide plugs or caps by GPK Products, Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Accurately field locate service connections, whether in service or not, as pipe laying progresses from downstream to upstream. B Properly disconnect existing connections from the sewer and reconnect to the new sewer, as described in this Section. C Reconnect service connections, including those that go to unoccupied or abandoned buildings, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Plug the service connection at the R.O.W. for vacant lots. 02/2008 02531 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS D Connect services 8 inches in diameter and larger to the sewer by construction of a 7 manhole. 3.02 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety System. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C Provide a minimum of 48 hours notice to customers whose sanitary sewer service will potentially be interrupted. D Schedule Work so that reconnection of service lines can be completed within 24 hours after disconnection. E Where sewers are existing, field locate existing service connections, whether in service or not. Use existing service locations for reconnection of service lines to new liner or new sanitary sewer main. F For new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains, complete testing and acceptance of downstream sewers as applicable. 3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.04 RECONNECTION ON NEW SEWER A Install the new service connection on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. B Remove and replace cracked, offset or leaking service line for up to 5 feet, measured horizontally, from the centerline of the new sanitary sewer main. C Make up the connection between the new main and the existing service line using PVC sewer pipe and approved couplings, as shown on the Plans. D Test service connections before backfilling. E Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location, and as shown on the Plans. Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. ) 02/2008 02531 - 5 of 6 (ow CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 3.05 INSTALLATION OF NEW SERVICE LEADS A Install the new service connections on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. Provide the length of stub indicated on the Plans. Install plug or cap on the upstream end of the service stub as needed. B Test service connections before backfilling. C Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location, and as shown on the Plans. Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Test service reconnections and service stubs. Follow applicable procedures given in Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all installations good condition until completion of Work. B Replace installations by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. C Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. END OF SECTION 02/2008 02531 - 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS Section 02533 SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary sewage force mains. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — 2. Section 01350 — 3. Section 01450 — 4. Section 02634 — 5. Section 03300 — 6. Section 02318 — C. Referenced Standards: 1. Measurement and Payment Procedures Submittals Testing Laboratory Services Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Cast -in -Place Concrete Excavation and Backfill for Utilities American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) '�°� a. ASTM F 477, "Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) 1 for Joining Plastic Pipe" b. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for pipe is on a linear foot basis taken along the center line of the pipe from end to end, measured and complete in place. B. Payment for sanitary sewage force mains includes pipe, fittings, excavation, bedding, backfill and special backfill, shoring, earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe, accessories, inspection and testing. C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 5/2013 02533 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS B. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials, and sequence of operations for force main construction. C. Submit Shop Drawings and design calculations for joint restraint systems using reinforced concrete encasement of pressure pipe and fittings. D. Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02634 — Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. All pipe used for sanitary sewer force mains shall be painted white. 2.02 PVC PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in this Section. All pipe used for sanitary sewer force mains shall be white. B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell -and -spigot, containing a bonded -in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. C. Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per this Section, 2.03 "Thrust Restraint", except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal linings: 1. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting, as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe "Polybond", or U.S. Pipe "Polyline". 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 3. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. 5/2013 02533 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS D. Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with this Section, 3.04A "Hydrostatic Testing". E. Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are: 1. J & M Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation 3. Diamond Plastics Corporation 4. Carlon Company 5. North American Pipe Corporation (NAPCO) F. Provide lined ductile iron fittings conforming to Section 02634 — Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.03 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, provide concrete thrust blocking for force mains up to 12-inches in diameter, to prevent movement of buried lines under pressure at bends. Blocking shall be Portland cement concrete. Place concrete in accordance with details on the Plans. Place thrust blocks between undisturbed ground and the fittings. Anchor fittings to thrust blocks so that pipe and fitting joints are accessible for repairs. Concrete shall extend from 6 inches below the pipe or fitting to 12 inches above. B. For all force mains larger than 12 inches in diameter, and where indicated on the Plans, provide restrained joints conforming to the requirements of the force main pipe material specifications. Restrained joints shall be installed for the length of pipe on both sides of each bend or fitting for the full length shown on the Plans. C. Horizontal and vertical bends between zero and 10° deflection angle will not require thrust blocks or harnessed or restrained joints. D. Horizontal and vertical bends between 10° and 90° deflection angle shall have thrust restraint as shown on the Plans. E. Reinforced concrete encasement of force main pipe and fittings maybe used in lieu of manufactured joint restraint systems. Alternate joint restraint systems using reinforced concrete encasement shall conform to the following design requirements. 1. Design calculations shall be performed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 2. Design calculations shall be based upon soil parameters quantified in the geotechnical report for the site where the alternative thrust restraint system is to be installed. If data is not available for the site, use parameters recommended by the geotechnical engineer. 3. The design system pressure shall be the specified test pressure. 5/2013 02533 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS 4. The following safety factors shall be used in sizing the restraint system: a. Apply a factor of safety equal to 1.5 for passive soil resistance. b. Apply a factor of safety equal to 2.0 for soil friction. 5. The encasement shall be contained entirely within the standard trench width and terminate on both ends at a pipe bell or coupling. 6. Concrete encasement reinforcement steel shall be designed for all loads including internal pressure and longitudinal forces. Concrete design shall be in accordance with ACI 318. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Plan operations to minimize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION BY OPEN -CUT A. Perform excavation, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Install pipe in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in this Section. C. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench is fine graded, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer. D. Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignment indicated. Provide bell holes where necessary. E. Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. F. Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size, use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. Remove foreign material and debris from the pipe. G. Provide lubricant, place and drive home newly -laid sections with come -a -long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Install pipe to "home" mark where provided. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer. 5/2013 .02533 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I. When work is not in progress, cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. J. Where sanitary sewer force main is to be installed under an existing waterline with a separation distance of less than 2 feet, install one full joint length of pipe centered on the waterline and maintain a minimum 6 inch separation distance. 3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN -CUT A. For installation of pipe by augering or jacking conform to requirements of specification sections for augering or jacking work. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Hydrostatic Testing 1. After the pipe and appurtenance have been installed, test line and drain. Prevent damage to the Work or adjacent areas. Use clean water to perform tests. 2. The Engineer may direct tests of relatively short sections of completed lines to minimize traffic problems or potential public hazards. 3. Test pipe in the presence of the Engineer. 4. Test pipe at 150 psig or 1.5 times design pressure of the pipe, whichever is greater. Design pressure of the force main shall be the rated total dynamic head of the lift station pump. 5. Test pipe at the required pressure for a minimum of 2 hours according to requirements of UNI-B-3. 6. Maximum allowable leakage shall be as calculated by the following formula: Where: L = (S) (D) (P° 5) / 133,200 L = Leakage in gallons per hour S = Length of pipe in feet D = Inside diameter of pipe in inches P = Pressure in pounds per square inch 7. Correct defects, cracks, or leakage by replacement of defective items or by repairs as approved by the Engineer. 5/2013 02533 - 5 of 6 CITYOFPEARLAND SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS 8. Plug openings in the force main after testing and flushing. Use cast iron plugs or blind flanges to prevent debris from entering the tested pipeline. B. Pigging Test 1. When requested by the Engineer and after completion of hydrostatic testing and prior to final acceptance, test force mains longer than 200 feet by pigging to ensure piping is free of obstructions. 2. Pigs: Provide proving pigs manufactured of an open -cell polyurethane foam body, without any coating or abrasives which would scratch or otherwise damage interior pipe wall surface or lining. Pigs shall be able to pass through reductions of up to 65 percent of the nominal cross -sectional area of the pipe. Pigs shall be able to pass through standard fittings such as 45° and 90° elbows, crosses, tees, wyes, gate valves, or plug valves, as applicable to the force main being tested. 3. Test Execution: Pigging test shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer. Provide at least 48 hours notice of scheduled pigging of the force main prior to commencing the test. 4. All pigging tests shall be borne by the Contractor at no cost to the City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02533 - 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Section 02541 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing Valves. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures 3. Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults 4. Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes 5. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6. Section 02510 — Water Mains C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 307, "Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength" b. ASTM B 763, "Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting for Valve Applications" c. ASTM B 62, "Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings" d. ASTM D 429, "Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates" e. ASTM A 126, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings" f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g. ASTM A 240, "Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications" h. ASTM A 276, "Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes" i. ASTM B 584, "Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications" j. ASTM A 313, "Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire" 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. b. AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 Resilient -seated Gate Valves, 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems c. AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants d. AWWA C504 Rubber -Sealed Butterfly Valves 04/2009 02541 - 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for valves under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains. B Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. C Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515 and this Section, and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States in accordance with AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES A Gate Valves: AWWA C500, AWWA C509 or C515 and additional requirements of this Section. Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults, aboveground and plant valves open counterclockwise. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, use gate valves as line valves for sizes less than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed. C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller: 125 psig; bronze; rising -stem; single -wedge; disc type; screwed ends; such as Crane No. 428, or approved equal. D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger: AWWA C550; Indurall 3300 or approved equal, non -toxic, imparts no taste to water, functions as physical, chemical, and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick, fusion -bonded epoxy. Prior to assembly of valve, apply protective coating to interior and exterior surfaces of body. E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter: Iron body, double gate, non -rising stem, 150-pound test, 2 inch square nut operating clockwise to open. 04/2009 02541 - 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES F Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter: Non -directional, resilient seated (AWWA C509 or AWWA C515) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C500), 200 psig, bronze mounting, push -on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut -operated unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American Darling AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc valves manufactured by American Darling 52, Clow F-6102, or approved equal. Comply with following requirements: 1 Design: Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically attached with minimum 304 stainless -steel fasteners or screws; threaded connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opening. 2. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. 3. Bronze: Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum. 4. Stems: ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi; minimum elongation in 2 inches of 12 percent, non -rising. 5. 0-rings: AWWA C509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2. 6. Stem Seals: Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar. 7. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 8. Resilient Wedge: Molded, synthetic rubber, vulcanized and bonded to cast or ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or exceed ASTM D 429, Method B; seat against epoxy -coated surface in valve body. 9. Bolts: AWWA C509 Section 4.4; stainless steel; cadmium plated, or zinc coated. G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter: AWWA C500 by Mueller; push -on bell ends with rubber rings and nut -operated unless otherwise specified, double disc, 150 psi, and comply with the following: 1. Body: Cast or ductile iron; flange together bonnet and stuffing box with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. Equip with rollers, tracks, and scrapers. 2. Stems: Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust collar machined to size; non -rising. 3. Stem Seals: Consist of one 0-ring above and one 0-ring below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque. 4. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 5. Discs: Cast iron with bronze disc rings securely peened into machined dovetailed grooves. 6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze -mounted wedges. Thin plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable. Other moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel alloy -to -iron. 04/2009 02541 - 3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 7. Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast iron base and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for imposed forces. 8. Gear Cases: Cast iron; furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0- rings at shaft openings. 9. Stuffing Boxes: Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case. H Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger: Furnish and equip with bypass valves. 1. Sizes: Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20 inch gate valves. Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves. I Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines: 1. Double disc, square bottom. J Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines: 1. Equipped with bronze shoes and slides. K Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4 foot Depth: 1. Provide non -rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade. L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual (Fire Service) Type Meter Installations: 1. Conform to provisions of this specification; outside screw and yoke valves; carry label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.; flanged, Class 125; clockwise to close. M Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS A Butterfly Valves and Actuators: Conform to AWWA C504, except as modified or supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or approved equal. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, butterfly valves shall be used for line valve sizes 16 inch and larger. If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed. C Butterfly valves shall be short -body, flanged design and installed at locations as shown on Plans. D Direct -bury valves, valves in subsurface vaults. Above -ground and plant valves shall open counterclockwise. E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large -Diameter Water Mains): Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed 04/2009 02541 - 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield strength or one -fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or equal. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION A Valves: AWWA C504, Class 150B. Body: Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B. Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, Class 1251b. B Discs for Butterfly Valves: Either cast iron or ductile iron. C Seats: Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body. Seats shall be mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy or similar bonding agent to attach seat to body. Seats on disc shall be mechanically retained by stainless steel (18 - 8) retaining ring held in place by stainless steel (18 - 8) cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc, seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless -steel retaining ring. Mating surfaces for seats: Type 304 or 316, stainless steel and secured to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed -on or plated mating surfaces will not be allowed. D Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve, including disc, with epoxy suitable for potable -water conditions. Epoxy, surface preparation, and epoxy application: In accordance with AWWA C550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide two coats of two -component, high -build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10 mils. Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday tested and measured for thickness. E Valve shaft and keys, dowel pins, or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve disc: Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings: Stainless steel, bronze, nylon, or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C504. F Packing: Field -adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator assembly. G Retaining Hardware for Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other approved method, to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects. H Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90 degrees between full -open and tight -closed position. Install valves with valve shafts horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow, except where shown otherwise on Plans. 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION A Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second, and, unless otherwise shown on Plans, equip with geared manual actuators. Provide 04/2009 02541 - 5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES fully enclosed and traveling -nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm -gear type for valves 24 inches and smaller. Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise indicated on Plans. C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator. Space between actuator housing and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to soil or elements. D Provide oil -tight and watertight actuator housings for valves, specifically designed for buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults, and factory packed with suitable grease. E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only. F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly. G Design worm -gear or traveling -nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or less, will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed. Vertical axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A Provide standard adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. 2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES A For large -diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Plans conforming to requirements of Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes. 2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials: body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 30, cast iron; float and leverage mechanism, ASTM A 240 or A276 stainless steel; orifice and seat, stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Plans. B Air Release and Vacuum Valves: Provide single -body, standard combination or duplex -body custom combination valves as indicated on Plans. 1. For 2 inch and 3 inch, single -body valves, provide inlet and outlet sizes as shown on Plans and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve materials: body, cover and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126, Grade B cast iron; plug or poppet, ASTM A 276 stainless steel; float, ASTMA 240 stainless steel; seat, Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve exterior: Painted with shop -applied primer suitable for contact with potable 04/2009 02541 - 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES water. Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal valves. 2. For 3 inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Plans, provide Apco Series 1700 with No. 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. AR/GH- 21K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve materials: body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron; float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat, Type-304, stainless steel and Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Air release valve: Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release Valves. C Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Plans. Provide air release valves in combination with inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Plans. Valve shall open under pressure differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No. 200A air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron; seat and plug, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836; spring, ASTM A 313, Type-304, stainless steel; bushing, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 932; retaining screws, ASTM A 276, Type-304, stainless steel. D Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Plans. 2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A Provide Cla-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal, PRV with strainer in location and arrangement as shown on Plans. Valve body: ASTM A 48, cast iron or ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16.1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover: ASTM A 48 cast iron. Valve internals: Type-303, stainless steel or B-62 bronze. Rubber parts: Buna-N. No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross section. B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer. C PRV: Equip with valve position indicator. Initially set in field by authorized manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure. D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Plans. Strainer body: quick - opening type, fabricated -steel construction with ANSI B16.1, Class 150, flanges. Basket: Type-304, stainless steel. Provide Hayward Model 90, or equal, for PRV 4- inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510, or equal, for PRV 14 inches or greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing. E Pilot Systems for PRV: Adjustable and pressure sustaining. F Valve Box: Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter boxes, and Meter Vaults. 04/2009 02541 - 7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer. 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A Remove foreign, matter from within valves prior to installation. Inspect valves in open and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Plans. Set valves plumb and as detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install valves completely closed when placed in water line. C For pipe section of each valve box, use only cast iron, ductile iron, or DR18 PVC pipe cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box in vertical position as indicated on Plans. 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A Perform disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section 02510 — Water Mains. B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate. 3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215, or approved equal. END OF SECTION 04/2009 02541-8of8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Section 02542 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre -Cast Concrete Manholes for sanitary. B. Pre -Cast and Cast -in -Place Manholes for storm sewer. C. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. D. Ring grates. E. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — 2. Section 01350 — 3. Section 01500 — 4. Section 03300 5. Section 02255 — 6. Section 02318 7. Section 02530 — 8. Section 01140 F. Referenced Standards: Measurement and Payment Procedures Submittals Temporary Facilities and Controls — Cast -in -Place Concrete Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Gravity Sanitary Sewers — Contractor's Use of Premises 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 478, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections" b. ASTM C 443, "Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets" c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" d. ASTM C 923, "Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals" e. ASTM C 1107, "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic - Cement Grout (Nonshrink)" f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" h. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" 05/2013 02542 - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 4. American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 5. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) a. Chapter 217.55 "Minimum Clear Opening" G. Definitions: 1. Shallow Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 2. Normal Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 4 feet and up to 8 feet measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 3. Extra Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 8 feet measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 4. Corrosion Resistant Manholes- concrete manholes incorporating additional material, such as liners or coatings, which make them more resistant to corrosion than typical concrete manholes. 5. Standard Manholes Drops- drops of up to 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 6. Extra Depth Manhole Drops- drops in excess of 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for Normal Depth Manholes and/or Normal Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. B. Measurement for Shallow Depth Manholes and/or Shallow Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. C. Measurement for Extra Depth Manholes and/or Extra Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. D. Payment for Manholes under this Section shall be for complete installation including riser, frames, grates, adjustment rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, cut -in work, covers, penetrations, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 05/2013 02542 - 2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES E. Measurement for Standard Manhole Drops shall be per each. F. Measurement for Extra Depth Manhole Drops is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of Drop greater than 3 feet. G. Payment for Drops under this Section shall be for assembly components, encasement, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. H. Payment for Air Release Manhole with Valves and Fittings installed is on a unit price basis for each manhole with air release valves, fittings and appurtenances installed and in accordance with Section 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work needed to make manholes structurally sound, improve flow, prevent entrance of inflow or groundwater, prevent entrance of soil or debris, and provide protection against hydrogen sulfide gas attack. B. Manufacturer's Product Support. 1. Through the Contractor, manufacturers of wall sealing or lining systems shall submit to Engineer for review and approval a detailed description of the proposed coating installation process. Describe surface preparation, independent laboratory test results, mix design procedures and method of controlling uniform thickness. 2. A representative employed by the manufacturer and having technical training in epoxy or cementitious liner shall be named and available for consultation by telephone during business hours and on site upon 48 hours notice. 3. Manufacturer's representative on concrete lining systems shall provide technical assistance to applicators to ensure proper usage of dispensing equipment and accurate proportions of admixtures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drops. 05/2013 02542 - 3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES ti (ow 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6. Shop Drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and dimensions. 7. Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in this Section, 2.03E, "Design Loading Criteria". 8. Product data, materials and procedures for corrosion resistant liner and coatings, if required. For coating and resistant liner systems requiring 10-yr manufacturer warranty, submit specific coating system including product, thickness, and application for Engineer's approval. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. D. Installer Qualifications: Installers of liners and wall repair systems shall submit qualifications to Engineer at least 14 days prior to start of any material application. Submittal shall consist of: 1. Manufacturer's approved equipment list, by name and model number for application of product and contractor's equipment list showing approved equipment available for use in product application. 2. List of contractor's personnel who have satisfactorily completed manufacturer's training in product application within previous two years. Include date of certification for each person. E. Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete shall conform to requirements in Section 03300 - Cast -In Place Concrete. B. Minimum concrete compressive strength of 4000 psi. 05/2013 02542 - 4 of 15 CITYOFPEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES C. Reinforcing Steel shall conform to requirement in Se ction 03300 - Cast -In Place Concrete. D. Mortar shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Use manhole sections and base sections conforming to ASTM C 478. Use base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections meeting material requirements of ASTM C 478. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B. Construct barrels for precast manholes from 48-inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Plans. Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth as shown and loading conditions as described in this Section, 2.03E, "Design Load Criteria", but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C. Provide cone tops to receive 30-inch cast iron frames and covers, unless indicated otherwise. Use tops designed to support an AASHTO H-20 loading. D. Where the Plans indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E. Design Loading Criteria: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed by the manufacturer to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Plans and the following design criteria: 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf, with soil pressure acting on empty manhole. 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf, with manhole filled with liquid from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. 05/2013 02542 - 5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 6. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 7. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. F. Form joints between sections with 0-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. G. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. H. Do not use brick masonry in construction of sanitary sewer manholes. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, covers, and stainless steel inflow preventers conforming to requirements of this Section and the City of Pearland Standard Construction Details. 2.04 DROPS A. Drops shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. 2.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: a. Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: a. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless. steel, 11 gage minimum. b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mm fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C-213. 4. All precast openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are specified or shown on the Plans, use polyethylene -isoprene water -stop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, Press -Seal WS Series, or equal. 05/2013 02542 - 6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES C. Storm sewer pipe connections: 1. Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar. Rehabilitate. 2.06 WALL CLEANING MATERIAL A. Cleaners: Detergent or muriatic acid capable of removing dirt, grease, oil and other matter which would prevent a good bond of sealing material to wall. Refer to sealing material manufacturer's recommendations. 2.07 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.08 WALL REPAIR MATERIALS A. Hydraulic Cements: Use a blend of cement powders or hydraulic cement to stop active leaks in the manhole structure. B. Quickset Mortar: Use a quickset mortar to repair wide cracks, holes or disintegrated mortar. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Provide one of the following as indicated on the Plans: 1. Precast cylindrical Portland cement concrete sanitary sewer manhole sections, base sections, and cone sections with one of the following factory applied internal coatings or approved equal: a. NeoPoxyTM NPR-5300 Series "PureEpoxy" spray on epoxy liner and other required fillers/sealants per manufacturer's recommendations: b. NeoPoxyNPR-3501 high tensile elongation epoxy elastomeric gout and sealant. c. NeoPoxy NPR-5305 trowelable epoxy filler, grout and sealant, d. Chemical and cementitious rapid set hydraulic grouts such as Strong -Plug, Strong -Seal QSR, Quadex Hyperform and Quadex Hydro -Plug, or other equivalents pre -approved by the engineer. 05/2013 02542 - 7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES c e. NeoPoxy P-88 ultraviolet light resistant topcoat. f. EMACO liner (contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). g. Raven liner (contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). h. SewperCoat 100% Calcium aluminate by KerneosTM Aluminate Technologies. 2. Type I Coating: The manufacturer of these applied products shall provide a minimum 10-year material and labor warranty. A 10-year manufacturer warranty shall be applicable for the following sanitary sewer manholes: a. Manholes that receive force main discharge. b. Manholes within the lift/pump station site including last manhole before wet well. c. Manholes with 5 feet diameter and larger or manholes that receive discharge from 15" or larger diameter gravity sewer. d. Manholes as determined by City Engineer. 3. Type II Coating: All other sanitary sewer manholes shall be coated with minimum 125 mil thick coating of products specified in Section 2.09.1.a-d, or approved equal. 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 2.11 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. For non -shrink grout, use prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non- metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 05/2013 02542 - 8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1. High pressure water blasting with a minimum of 3,500 psi shall be used to clean free all foreign material within the manhole 2. When grease and oil are present within the manhole, an approved detergent or muriatic acid shall be used integrally with the high pressure cleaning water. 3. All materials resulting from the cleaning of the manhole shall be removed prior to application of the coating. 4. All loose grout, ledges, steps and protruding ledges shall be removed to provide an even surface prior to application of coating. B. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. C. No separate pay shall be made for this item. Include cost for sealing in the unit price for manholes. D. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at all times on site to answer questions and approve manhole preparation work prior to lining. 3.11 MANHOLE WALL SEALING A. Seal active leaks in the manhole structure by using non -shrink grout. B. Remove loose or defective wall material. Wipe or brush surface clean prior to the application of hydraulic cement C. Drill weep holes at bottom of manhole walls to relieve hydrostatic pressure to stop leaks. Plug pressure relief holes after leaks are stopped using hydraulic cement materials. Lead wool may also be used to plug large leaks. D. Repair wide cracks, or holes with quickset mortars. Follow manufacturer's application procedures. E. Shape manhole inverts before wall sealing work. Apply concrete to cleaned manhole benches as specified in Section 03300. F. After all active leaks have been stopped, clean and prepare walls for application of selected liner material. G. Properly apply the sealing compound to provide the minimum required uniform coating to the wall surface. H. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. 05/2013 02542 - 13 of 15 CITYOFPEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES I. Strictly follow product manufacturer's published technical specifications and recommendations for surface preparation, application and proportioning. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers. Vacuum test shall be completed prior to coating of the manhole. 3.13 INSPECTION A. After manhole wall sealing has been completed, visually inspect the manhole in the presence of Engineer. Check for cleanliness and for elimination of active leaks. B. At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in verifying installation of minimum coating thickness of concrete liner. Test several points on the manhole wall. Repair verification points prior to final acceptance for payment. C. During application of corrosion resistant liner, a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414, shall be used. Measurements shall be taken, documented and attested by the Contractor for submission to the Owner. D. At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in inspection of installation. 3.14 TESTING A. After the coating product(s) have set in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, all surfaces shall be inspected for holidays with high -voltage holiday detection equipment. Reference NACE RPO 188-99 for performing holiday detection. All detected holidays shall be marked and repaired by abrading the coating surface with grit disk paper or other hand tooling method. After abrading and cleaning, additional coating can be hand applied to the repair area. All touch-up/repair procedures shall follow the coating manufacturer's recommendations. Documentation on areas tested, results and repairs made shall be provided to Owner by Contractor. B. Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Contractor. 3.15 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 05/2013 02542 - 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.16 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Protect Manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted. B. Repair or replace damaged elements of Manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. END OF SECTION 05/2013 02542 - 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES Section 02633 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Adjusting elevation of manholes, inlets, and valve boxes to new grades. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories 5. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6. Section 02910 — Topsoil 7. Section 02921 — Hydromulch Seeding C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for adjusting utility structures to grade is on a lump sum basis for: 1. Adjusting manholes. 2. Adjusting inlets. 3. Adjusting valve boxes. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. C Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A For cast in place concrete, refer to Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. B For precast concrete manhole sections and adjustment rings, refer to Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories. C For mortar mix, conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 07/2006 02633 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES 2.02 CAST IRON ADJUSTING RINGS A For cast iron adjusting rings, refer to Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories. 2.03 PIPING MATERIALS A For riser pipes and fittings, refer to applicable piping materials specifications in Sections 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Examine existing structure, valve box, frame and cover or inlet box, frame and cover or inlet, and piping and connections for damage or defects that would affect adjustment to grade. Report such damage or defects to the Engineer. 3.02 ESTABLISHING GRADE A Coordinate grade related items with existing grade and finished grade or paving, and relate to established bench mark or reference line. 3.03 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND INLETS A Elevation of manhole or inlet can be raised using precast concrete rings or metal adjusting rings. Use of brick for adjustment to grade is prohibited. Elevation of manhole or inlet can be lowered by removing existing masonry, adjusting rings or the top section of the barrel below the new elevation and then rebuilding or raising the elevation to the proper height. B Grout inside and outside adjusting ring joints. C Salvage and reuse cast iron frame and cover or grate. D Protect or block off manhole or inlet bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris or soil falls to the bottom during adjustment. E Set the cast iron frame for the manhole cover or grate in a full mortar bed and adjust to the established elevation. In streets, adjust covers to be flush to 1/8 inch above pavement. F Verify that manholes and inlets are free of visible leaks as a result of reconstruction. Repair leaks in a manner subject to the Engineer's approval. 3.04 ADJUSTING VALVE BOXES A If usable, salvage and reuse valve box and surrounding concrete block. ' 07/2006 02633 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES B Remove and replace 6 inch ductile iron riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover required to establish the adjusted elevation to accommodate actual finish grade. C Reinstall in -kind adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in vertical position. Provide minimum 6 inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box for vertical movement damping. D After valve box has been set, aligned, and adjusted so that top lid is level with final grade, pour a 24 inch by 24 inch by 8 inch thick concrete pad around valve box. Center valve box horizontally within concrete slab. 3.05 BACKFILL AND GRADING A Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each adjusted manhole, inlet, and valve box and compact according to requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Grade the ground surface to drain away from each manhole and valve box. Place earth fill around manholes to the level of the upper rim of the manhole frame. Place earth fill around the valve box concrete block. C In unpaved areas, grade surface at a uniform slope of 1 to 5 from the manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil and seed in accordance with Section 02921— Hydromulch Seeding. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02633 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Section 02771 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Concrete Sidewalks. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - 2. Section 01350 - 3. Section 01450 - 4. Section 02751 - C. Referenced Standards: Measurement and Payment Procedures Submittals Testing Laboratory Services Concrete Pavement 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" b. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete" c. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" d. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" e. ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type)" f. ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non extruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot -Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" h. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" i. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" j. ASTM C 138, "Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight),Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete" k. ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" 1. ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" g. 2. Texas Accessibility Standards of Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statues 5/2013 02771 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for concrete sidewalks is on square foot basis. B. Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete sidewalks, joints and curing material. No payment will be made for work in areas where sidewalk has been removed for contractor's convenience. C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. B. Reinforcing Steel: conform to material requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving for reinforcing steel. Use No. 4 reinforcing bars. C. Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Conform to material requirements for preformed expansion joint material of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. D. Expansion Joint Filler: Conform to material requirements for expansion joint material of Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. E. Forms: Use straight, unwarped wood or metal forms with nominal depth equal to or greater than proposed sidewalk thickness. F. Sand Bed: Conform to material requirements for bank run sand. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REPLACEMENT A. Replace sidewalks which are removed or damaged during construction with thickness and width equivalent to one removed or damaged unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Finish surface (exposed aggregate, brick pavers, etc.) to match existing sidewalk. B. Provide replaced and new sidewalks with wheelchair ramps when sidewalk intersects curb at street. 5/2013 02771 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify and protect utilities which are to remain. B. Protect living trees, other plant growth and features designated to remain. C. Conduct clearing and grubbing operations in accordance with Section 02200 - Site Preparation. D. Determine sidewalk horizontal and vertical alignment to facilitate drainage and prevent ponding. Location and slopes must be in compliance with Texas Accessibility Academy Standards latest edition and revisions. E. Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of sidewalk. Shape to line, grade and cross section. Compact 6 inches of select fill to minimum of 95% maximum dry density at optimal or above optimal moisture content as per ASTM D698. For soils with plasticity index above 40 percent, stabilize soil with lime in accordance with Section 02335 - Subgrade. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density at optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 698. No separate pay for this requirement. This work shall be subsidiary to sidewalk square foot unit pricing. F. Immediately after subgrade is prepared, cover with compacted sand bed to depth as shown on Drawings. Lay concrete when sand is moist but not saturated. 3.03 PLACEMENT A. Setting Forms: Straight, unwarped wood or metal forms with nominal depth 1/2" greater than proposed sidewalk thickness. Securely stake forms to line and grade. Maintain position during concrete placement. B. Reinforcement: 1. Install No. 4 reinforcing bars. 2. Install reinforcing steel as shown on the Drawings. Lay longitudinal bars in walk continuously through expansion joints. Reinforcing bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than 1/4 inch. 3. Use sufficient number of chairs to support reinforcement in manner to maintain reinforcement in center of slab vertically during placement. 4. Drill dowels into existing paving, sidewalk and driveways, secure with epoxy and provide headers as required. C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints with load transfer units in accordance with Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. 5/2013 02771 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS D. Place concrete in forms to . specified depth and tamp thoroughly with "jitterbug" tamp, or other acceptable method. Bring mortar to surface. E. Strike off to smooth finish with wood strike board. Finish smoothly with wood hand float. Brush across sidewalk lightly with fine -haired brush. F. Apply coating to wheelchair ramp with contrasting color. G. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, markoff sidewalk joints 1/2 inch deep, at spacing equal to width of walk. Use joint tool equal in width to edging tool. H. Finish edges with tool having 3/8 inch radius. I. After concrete has set sufficiently, refill space along sides of sidewalk to 1 inch from top of walk with suitable material. Tamp until firm and solid, place sod as applicable. Dispose of excess material. Repair driveways and parking lots damaged by sidewalk excavation in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. 3.04 CURING A. Conform to requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Compressive Strength Test Specimens: Four test specimens for compressive strength test will be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 for each 30 cubic yards or less of sidewalk that is placed on one day. Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. Remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. Minimum compressive strength: 2500 psi at 7 days and 3500 psi at 28 days. C. Yield test for cement content per cubic yard of concrete will be made in accordance with ASTM C 138. When cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D. If the Contractor places concrete without notifying the City, Contractor will have the concrete tested by means of core test as specified in ASTM C 42. When concrete does not meet specification, cost of test will be deducted from payment. Contractor will replace the cored section of sidewalk at no cost to City. E. Sampling of fresh concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C 172. 5/2013 02771 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS F. Take slump tests when cylinders are made and when concrete slump appears excessive. G. Concrete shall be acceptable when average of two 28 day compression tests is equal to or greater than minimum 28 day strength specified. H. If either of two tests on field samples is less than average of two tests by more than 10 percent, that entire test shall be considered erratic and not indicative of concrete strength. Core samples will be required of in -place concrete in question. If 28 day laboratory test indicates that concrete of low strength has been placed, test concrete in question by taking cores as directed by Project Manager. Take and test at least three representative cores as specified in ASTM C 42 and deduct cost from payment due. 3.06 NONCONFORMING CONCRETE A. Remove and replace areas that fail compressive strength tests, with concrete of thickness shown on Drawings. B. Replace nonconforming sections at no additional cost to City. Replacement section shall be no less in length than the width of sidewalks. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Maintain newly placed concrete in good condition until completion of Work. B. Replace damaged areas at no cost to City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02771 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARL AND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS (01P Section 02775 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Driveways. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — 2. Section 01350 — 3. Section 01450 — 4. Section 02751 - C. Referenced Standards: 1. Measurement and Payment Procedures Submittals Testing Laboratory Services Concrete Pavement American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. b. c. e. f. g• h. i. J. k. 1. m. n. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete" ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" ASTM C 260 ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type)" ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot -Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" ASTM C 143, "Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete" ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete" ASTM C 309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 5/2013 02775- 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for concrete driveways is on square yard basis and includes removal of existing driveway, driveway curbs, select fill subgrade and reinforcement dowels. B. Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete driveways, joints and curing material. No payment will be made for work in areas where driveway has been removed for contractor's convenience. C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual compressive strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. C. Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. D. Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal strip for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. B. Reinforcing Steel: Conform to material requirements for reinforcing steel of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. Use No. 4 reinforcing bars. C. Subgrade Materials: Conform to subgrade material requirements of Section 02335 - Subgrade. D. Joints: Conform to concrete joint requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 5/2013 02775- 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. When removing existing concrete, all sawcuts shall be full depth unless otherwise approved by City. B. Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms, reinforcing steel or concrete. C. Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of driveway. Shape to line, grade and cross section. Place compacted select fill as needed to bring grade up. Select fill shall be compacted to minimum of 95% maximum dry density at optimal or above optimal moisture content as per ASTM D698. Stabilize top 8" of subgrade with lime in accordance with Section 02335 - Subgrade. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density at optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 698. No separate pay for this requirement. This work shall be subsidiary to driveway square yard unit pricing. 3.03 FORMS A. Side Forms: Use clean forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch, and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the Engineer. Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200 foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in -place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of 5/2013 02775- 3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. B. Form Setting: 1. Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. B. Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards, joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar. Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide rigid pavement sections. 3.05 PLACEMENT A. Place concrete only in rain -free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F. B. Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. C. Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 4 inches. 5/2013 02775- 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D. Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. E. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. 3.06 FINISHING A. Finish concrete driveway with power -driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1. Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand -operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. B. On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete driveway by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike -off screed. Move strike -off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining screed in contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. C. While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.07 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A. When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B. Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 5/2013 02775- 5 of 8 CJTY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. C. Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order. Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. D. Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. Where dowels are used, wrap or sleeve one end. E. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy. F. Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer. Use concrete grooving machine or power -operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. G. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. H. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. I. Install the first expansion joint at Right -of -Way. The expansion joint shall be spaced at intervals same as the width of driveway. Expansion joint shall be placed at half of the width of the driveway if the width of driveway exceeds 20'. 3.08 CONCRETE CURING A. Concrete driveway shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. B. Where curing requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 5/2013 02775- 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS (e^ C. Cotton Mat Curing: 1. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats, thoroughly saturated before application, in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. 2. Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. D. Liquid Membrand-Forming Compounds: 1. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply liquid membrane -forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10 foot straightedge parallel and longitudinal to center of driveway. Correct any depressions and all high spots. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 3.11 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. B. On those sections of driveway to be opened to traffic, seal joints, clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of driveway to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C. Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. 5/2013 02775- 7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D. Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth and limits as directed by Project Manager. Replace nonconforming work at no additional cost to City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02775- 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION Section 02811 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Pipe and fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, accessories. B Control system and wiring for automatic control irrigation system. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 02931 — Landscape and Tree Planting 4. Section 01310 — Coordination and Meetings D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2564, "Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for landscape irrigation under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If landscape irrigation is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's data and details for landscape irrigation system to include pressure ratings, rated capacities, and settings of selected models for the following: 1. General -duty valves. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Control -valve boxes. 4. Sprinklers. 5. Irrigation accessories. 6. Controllers. C Evidence of State of Texas irrigation license and required experience. 12/2014 02811 - 1 of 19 CITY OFPEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION D Shop Drawings: Show irrigation system piping, including plan layout, and locations, types, sizes, capacities, and flow characteristics of irrigation system piping components. Include water meters, backflow preventers, valves, piping, sprinklers and accessories, controls, and wiring. Show areas of sprinkler spray and overspray. Show wire size and number of conductors for each control cable. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A Irrigation Lateral Lines: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and drain valves. Piping is under pressure during flow. B Drain Piping: Downstream from circuit -piping drain valves. Piping is not under pressure. C Irrigation Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and including, control valves. Piping is under water -distribution -system pressure. D Architect: The word Architect as used herein shall refer to the Owner's authorized representative or the Landscape Architect or the design engineer. 1.05 RECORD AND AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A The Contractor shall provide and keep up to date and complete "as -built" record set of drawings which shall be corrected daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as -built" locations, sizes, and kinds of equipment. This set of drawings shall be kept on the site and shall be used only as a record set. B These drawings shall also serve as work progress sheets and shall be available at all times for inspection and shall be kept in a location designated by the Architect. Should the record as -built progress sheets not be available for review or not up-to-date at the time of any inspection, it will be assumed no work has been completed and the Contractor will be assessed the cost of that site visit at the current billing rate of the Architect. No other observations shall take place prior to payment of that assessment. C The Contractor shall make neat and legible notations on the as -built progress sheets daily as the work proceeds, showing the work as actually installed. D Before the date of the final inspection, the Contractor shall transfer all information from the "as -built" prints to a mylar. Contractor shall use symbols and notation consistent with original drawings. E The Contractor shall dimension from two (2) permanent points of reference, building comers, sidewalk, or road intersections, etc., the location of the following items: 1. Connection to existing water lines 2. Connection to existing electrical power 3. Gate valves 4. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimensions max. 100' along routing) 12/2014 02811 - 2 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 5. Sprinkler control valves 6. Routing of control wiring 7. Quick coupling valves 8. Other related equipment as directed by the Architect 9. Sleeve locations 1.06 EXPLANATION OF DRAWINGS A Due to the scale of drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc., which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of his work and plan his work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc., as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, planting, and architectural features. B All work called for on the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. C The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences should be brought to the attention of the Owner's authorized representative. In the event this notification is not performed, the irrigation contractor shall assume full, responsibility for any revisions necessary. D No irrigation shall be required for undisturbed natural areas or undisturbed existing trees. 1.07 CONTROLLER CHARTS A As -built drawings shall be approved by the Architect before controller charts are prepared. 1. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, list of equipment with name and addresses of local manufacturer's representative. 2. Catalog and parts sheets on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Guarantee statement. 4. Complete operating and maintenance instruction on all major equipment. 1.08 UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE (UDC) REFERENCES A Except for single-family lots and developments, all required landscaping areas shall be 100% irrigated by one of, or a combination of, the following methods: 1. An automatic underground irrigation system: 2. A drip irrigation system; 3. A hose attachment within 100 feet of all plant material, provided, however , that a hose attachment within 200 feet of all plant material in non -street yards shall be sufficient 12/2014 02811 - 3 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION B Irrigation zone design - A site plan, at a readable and defined scale, shall be submitted illustrating zones, delineating micro -irrigation zones and areas utilizing irrigation techniques other than micro -irrigation. Fifty (50) percent of the on -site green space shall be allowed to utilize irrigation techniques other than micro -irrigation. Turf areas shall be on separate irrigation zones from other landscaping plant zones. The irrigation system should be prepared by a licensed irrigator and designed to accommodate separate landscape plant zones based on different watering requirements unless approved by the Parks Director as indicated in the UDC Section 4.2.2.5, Item 8.D.1. C Overspray/ Runoff - All irrigation systems shall be designed to avoid overspray / runoff, low head drainage, or other similar conditions where water flows onto or over adjacent property, non -irrigated areas, roadways, walkways, structures, or water features. Narrow areas (four feet wide or less) shall not be irrigated unless micro - irrigation is utilized. D Landscaping - a site plan shall be submitted identifying all existing vegetation to be preserved, proposed turf, and other landscape areas. Installed trees and plants should be grouped together into landscape plant zones according to water and cultural (soil, climate and light) requirements. Plant groupings based on water requirements are as follows: natural, drought tolerant, and oasis. E Turf/ Turfgrass - A maximum of fifty (50) percent of green space maybe planted with turf grass configured with a permanent irrigation system. Turfgrass planted in excess of this limitation shall not have a permanent irrigation system. Micro -irrigation shall not be used on turfgrass unless approved by the Parks Director as indicated in the UDC Section 4.2.2.5, Item 8.D.1. 1.09 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Electric solenoid controlled underground irrigation system. B Source Power: 120 volt 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B All irrigation systems shall be designed and sealed in accordance with the Texas Licensed Irrigations Act and shall be professionally installed. C Installer - Installation of Irrigation System shall be performed under the direction of a State of Texas licensed irrigator with not less than 5 years' experience in this type of work. D Manufacturer's Directions: Manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings shall be followed in all cases where the manufacturers of articles used in this contract furnish directions covering points not shown in the drawings and specifications. 12/2014 02811 - 4 of 19 CITYOFPEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION E Ordinances, Codes and Regulations: All local, municipal and state laws, and rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed to conflict with any of the above rules and regulations and requirements of the same. However, when these specifications and drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, these specifications and drawings shall take precedence. 1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to applicable code for piping and component requirements. 1.12 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A Convene one week prior to commencing work of this Section. 1.13 COORDINATION A Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01310 — Coordination and Meetings B Coordinate work under provisions of Section 02931 — Landscape and Tree Planting. C Coordinate the work with site landscape grading and delivery of plant life. 1.14 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND HANDLING A Materials shall be delivered in manufacturer's unopened packaging labeled to indicate manufacturer's name and product identification. Ensure that packaging and labeling remain intact until installation. Materials shall be stored protected from the elements, including direct sunlight. B Pipes shall be handled so as to prevent them from being damaged and to maintain their straightness. Pipe ends shall be wrapped; Pipes shall be stored on beds the full length of the pipes; Damaged or dented pipes or fittings shall not be used. 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A If the Irrigation Contractor wishes to substitute any equipment or materials for those equipment or materials listed on the irrigation drawings and specifications, he may do so by providing the following information to the Owner's authorized representative for approval: 1. Provide a statement indicating the reason for making the substitution. Use a separate sheet of paper for each item to be substituted. 2. Provide descriptive catalog literature, performance charts and flow charts for each item to be substituted. 3. Provide the amount of cost savings if the substituted item is approved. 12/2014 02811 - 5 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION B Owner's authorized representative shall have the sole responsibility in accepting or rejecting any substituted item as an approved equal to those equipment and materials listed on the irrigation drawings and specifications. 1.16 EXTRA MATERIALS A Furnish extra components listed as Extra Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal. 1. Two sprinkler heads of each type and size. 2. Two valve box keys. 3. Two wrenches for each type head core and for removing and installing each type head. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.02 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought -copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. 2. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces and solder joint or threaded ends. B Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K, water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought- copper, solder joint fittings. Furnish wrought- copper fittings if indicated. 2. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces and solder joint or threaded ends. C Mainline PVC pipe: 1. Pressure Main Line: 12/2014 02811 - 6 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION a. All main line shall be schedule 40 with solvent welded joints. b. Pipe shall be made from an NSF approved Type I, Grade I, PVC compound conforming to ASTM resin specification D1785. All pipe must meet requirements as set forth in Federal Specification PS-22-70, with an appropriate standard dimension (S.D.R.) (Solvent -weld pipe). 2. PVC Non -Pressure Lateral Line Piping: a. Non -pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC class 200 with solvent -weld joints. b. Pipe shall be made from NSF approved, Type I, Grade II PVC com- pound conforming to ASTM resin specification D I 784. All pipes must meet requirements set forth in Federal Specification PS-22-70 with an appropriate standard dimension ratio. 3. Fittings 4" and larger shall be push -on Ductile Iron designed and manufactured using ASTM A-536 Grade 70-50-05 ductile iron with tensile strength of 70,000 psi such as manufactured by Harco or approved equal. 4. Fittings 3" and smaller shall be Schedule 40, I-2, II -I NSF approved conforming to ASTM test procedure D2466 PVC solvent -weld fittings. 5. Solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent -weld pipe and fittings shall be of Christie's Red Hot Blue Glue and Primer. 6. All PVC pipe must bear the following markings: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Nominal pipe size. c. Schedule or class. d. Pressure rating in P.S.I. e. NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) approval. f. Date of expiration. 7. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, applicable I.P.S., schedule number and NSF seal of approval D Irrigation Lateral Line pipe 1. Pipes 1/2 inch diameter and larger ASTM D 2231, PVC, 1120 or 1220, SDR 21.0, 200 PSI 2. Pipes 1/4 inch diameter: ASTM D 2241, PVC, 1120 or 1220, SDR 13.5, 315 PSI E Fittings for Threaded Joints 1. ASTM D 2466, PVC, Schedule 80 F Length of pipes used 1. Use of pipe less than five (5) feet in length is prohibited unless otherwise noted on the plans. G No use of small scrap material to extend water lines 2.03 GENERAL DUTY VALVES A Gate valves 4" and smaller shall be MSS SP-80, Class 125, Type 1, nonrising-stem, bronze body with solid wedge, threaded ends, and malleable -iron hand wheel. 12/2014 02811-7of19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION B Gate valves 3" and smaller shall be similar to those manufactured byNibco, Hammond or approved equal C All gate valves shall be installed per installation detail. D Install six (6) inches of pee gravel into bottom of all valve boxes. E Gate valves 6 inch and larger shall be cast or ductile iron. They shall conform to AWWA C-509. Stem shall be fitted with a 2" x2" square wrench nut and shall be opened counter -clockwise. Stem extension shall be added to bring operating nut to within 2 (two) feet of finished grade. 2.04 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A Plastic Automatic Control Valves: Molded -plastic body, normally closed, diaphragm type with manual flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid. 1. All electric control valves shall be of the same manufacturer. 2. All electric control valves shall have a manual flow adjustment and pressure regulating module. 3. Provide and install one control valve box for each electric control valve. 4. Electric remote control valve shall be Hunter ICV Series. 5. Install six (6) inches of pea gravel into bottom of all valve boxes. B Automatic Drain Valves 1. Spring -loaded -ball type of construction and designed to open for drainage if line pressure drops below 21/2 to 3 psi. Quick -Couplers 1. Factory -fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly. Include coupler water - seal valve; removable upper body with spring -loaded or weighted, rubber - covered cap; hose swivel with ASME B 1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH threads for garden hose on outlet; and operating key. a. Manufacturers: i. Hunter 2. All quick couplers shall be installed using "O"-ring style swing joint and located in 10" round valve box with purple lids. D Remote Control -Valve Boxes 1. Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping; designed for installing flush with, grade. Include size as required for valves and service. 2. Valve boxes shall be heavy duty plastic 17 inch by 11-3/4 inch by 12 inch depth, black with black cover. 3. Valve box shall be Series 1419, non -hinged, non -bolt cover, by Carson Industries, Inc., or approved equal. a. Manufacturers: i, Carson Industries, LLC. ii. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. E Gate Valve and Control Wire Splice Boxes 12/2014 02811 - 8 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 1. Gate valves and control wire splice boxes shall be heavy duty plastic 10 inch diameter by 10% inch deep, black with black cover, No. 910-12B, by Carson Industries, Inc. or approved equal. F Drainage Backfill 1. Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/8 inch minimum to 1 inch maximum. 2.05 SPRINKLERS A Brass or plastic housing and corrosion -resistant interior parts designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area indicated, at available water pressure. Manufacturers: Hunter Industries. B Flush, Surface Sprinklers or VANs (Variable Angle Nozzle): Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment. C Bubblers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment. D Shrubbery Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment. E Pop-up, Spray Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment and stainless -steel retraction spring. F Pop-up, Rotary, Spray Sprinklers: Gear drive, full -circle and adjustable part- circle types. G Pop-up, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full -circle and part -circle types. H Aboveground, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full -circle and part- circle types. I Matched precipitation rates - Sprays and rotors shall have matching application rates within each irrigation zone. J MP Rotators: wind resistant multi stream nozzle 2.06 CONTROLLERS A The ACC controller shall be capable of two -wire decoder control of up to 99 stations via a plug-in decoder output module. The decoder output module shall be field - installable without tools. The decoder output module shall have an intrinsic capability of up to 99 stations, and shall occupy 3 modular expansion slots inside the ACC controller cabinet. B The decoder output module shall have 6 two -wire output paths to the field. The decoders may be wired in sequence over any combination of the two -wire paths, including all 99 on a single two -wire path. Each path may extend up to 10,000 ft. to the end of the wire run over 14 AWG (1.5mm dia.) wire, or 15,000 ft. over 12 AWG (2mm dia.) 12/2014 02811 - 9 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION C The wire paths shall be twisted pair; solid -core, color -coded red/blue pairs with each conductor in a polyethylene jacket suitable for direct burial. The two -wire paths shall be Hunter Industries Model IDWIRE I for 14 AWG (1.5mm) conductors, or Model IDWIRE2 for 12 AWG (2mm) conductors for extended range (over 10,000 ft., up to 15,000 ft.). D All connections in the two -wire paths (outside the controller enclosure) shall be made with 3M DBR-6 waterproof, strain relieving direct burial connectors, or exact equals. Decoder output to solenoid connections shall be made with 3M DBY waterproof, strain -relieving connectors or exact equals. No substitution of wire or wire connection specifications is permissible. All connections, tees, and splices shall be positioned in valve boxes in valve boxes for future location and service. E One Decoder per valve, installed in the valve box is required unless otherwise approved. F The installer shall provide adequate earth ground (not to exceed I 0 Ohms) and connect it to one of the decoder ground leads every 750 ft., or every loth decoder module, whichever is shorter. Also install on each dead end of the wire path. G The ICD decoders and Sensor Decoders shall be UL and c-UL listed, and shall be CE and C-tick approved. H Final location of automatic controllers shall be approved by the Owner's authorized representative. I Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the 120 volt electrical power to the automatic controller location to be furnished by others. The final electric hook-up shall be the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor. J If two wire systems are not fitting to the system needed, another Hunter Controller with conventional wiring will be used. K Controllers will be capable of communicating with offsite Hunter software, unless otherwise approved by owner. L Control Equipment - Irrigation control equipment shall include and automatic irrigation controller with the following features; program flexibility such as repeat cycles and multiple program capabilities; battery back-up to retain the irrigation programs; and a rain sensor device. 2.07 WIRING A Wiring: AWG-ULUF 600 volt with solid -copper conductors and insulated cable; suitable for direct burial. 1. Manufacturers: 7 -.) 12/2014 02811 - 10 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION a. Paige Cable b. Regency Wire and Cable c. Approved equal B Feeder -Circuit Cables: No. 12 AWG minimum, between building and controllers and runs over 1,000 LF. Low -Voltage, Branch -Circuit Cables: No. 14 AWG minimum, between controllers and automatic control valves; color coded different from feeder - circuit -cable jacket color; with jackets of different colors for multiple -cable installation in same trench. C Install 3 spare wires from each controller to farthest valve in each direction. D Where more than one (1) wire is placed in a trench, the wiring shall be taped together at intervals of ten (10) feet. E An expansion curl shall be provided within three (3) feet of each wire connection. Expansion curl shall be of sufficient length at each splice connection at each electric control, so that in case of repair, the valve bonnet may be brought to the surface without disconnecting the control wires. F Control wires shall be laid loosely in trench without stress or stretching of control wire conductors. G All splices shall be made with Scotch-Lok #3576 Connector Sealing Packs, DBY (Direct Bury) Splice by 3M or approved equal. Use one splice per connector sealing pack. H Field splices between the automatic controller and electrical control valves, less than 500' apart, will not be allowed without prior approval of the Architect. I All field splices shall be installed in a 10" round valve box as specified in section 2.04 2.08 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A Backflow Preventers shall be bronze and copper, pressure vacuum breaker assembly Febco No. 765 by Febco Sales, Inc. (CMB Industries), or approved equal. Size as per drawings. 1. Reduced Pressure Backflow: Febco No. 825Y 2. Double Check Assembly: Febco No. 850 3. Or approved equal. 2.09 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE TIES A Remote control valve ties shall be Christy's Valve I.D. tag model ID-STD-Y with wire to attach numbered tag to valve. 2.10 SOLVENT CEMENT FOR SOLVENT WELDED JOINTS 12/2014 02811 - 11 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION A CHRISTY'S RED HOT BLUE GLUE T. Christy Enterprises, Inc., or approved equal. Use a compatible primer recommended by the solvent cement manufacturer. 2.11 SEALANT FOR THREADED JOINTS UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE A RECTOR SEAL LIQUID TEFLON by Rector Seal Corp., or approved equal. 2.12 SLEEVES UNDER PAVING FOR CONTROL WIRE AND IRRIGATION LINES A ASTM D 2455, PVC, Schedule 40 sized as shown on drawings. 2.13 FITTINGS FOR THREADED JOINTS A ASTM D 2466, PVC, Schedule 80 2.14 BACKFLOW ENCLOSURES A The backflow enclosure shall be of a vandal and weather resistant nature manufactured entirely of formed tubing and rod, coated with a performance polymer alloy coating to prevent injury. The mounting base and locking mechanism shall be manufactured entirely of metal or fiber glass. The locking mechanism shall be of the full release type which allows for complete removal of the enclosure from its mounting base without the use of tools. The handle controlling the locking mechanism shall be concealed within the surface of the enclosure and provide for a padlock. B The backflow enclosure shall be Strong Box Model manufactured by V.I.T. Products Inc., 800-729-1314. No. SBBC-30CR Or approved equal. C Hot Box Enclosure — CDR Systems Corporation or approved equal. 2.15 RAINFALL MONITOR A Provide a Mini-Clik by Hunter Industries or approved equal. 2.16 FLOW SENSOR A Install Flow sensor- Hunter Flow Click 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Site Conditions: 1. Verify location of existing utilities. 2. Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. 3. All scaled dimensions are approximate. 4. The Contractor shall check and verify all size dimensions and receive Architect's approval prior to proceeding with work under this section. 5. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. 12/2014 02811 - 12 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 6. Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities which are caused by his operations or neglect. Check existing utilities drawings for existing utility locations. 7. Coordinate installation of sprinkler irrigation materials including pipe, so there shall be No interference with utilities or other construction or difficulty in planting trees, shrubs, and ground covers. 8. Coordinate work with other site contractors. 9. The Contractor shall carefully check all grades to satisfy himself that he may safely proceed before starting work on the sprinkler irrigation system. 10. No machine trenching, unless approved by Architect, is to be done within drip line of trees. Trenching is done by hand, tunneling or boring or other methods shall be approved by Architect. 11. It is understood that the piping layout is diagrammatic and piping shall be routed around trees and shrubs in such manner to avoid damage to plants. 3.02 PREPARATION A Physical Layout: 1. Piping and head layout is shown on plans in schematic form only. 2. All pipes to be installed directly behind curbs, walks, and walls wherever possible. 3. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply lines, routing and location of sprinkler heads. 4. All layouts shall be approved by Architect prior to installation. 5. Route pipes to avoid plants, ground cover and structures. 6. Review layout requirements with other affected work. Coordinate locations of sleeves under paving to accommodate system. B Water Supply: 1. Sprinkler Irrigation system shall be connected to water supply points -of - connection as indicated on the drawings. 2. Connections shall be made at approximate locations as shown on drawings. Contractor is responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions. 3. Reclaimed systems utilizing purple pipe may be requested by owner. In the event of the installation of a reclaimed system. All components will utilize the same previously described manufacturer to provide `purple pipe' components. 4. All Reclaimed/Purple Pipe systems will conform to 30 TAC §344.1 3.03 TRENCHING A Refer to Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. B Location of Heads - Design location is represented as accurately as possible. Make minor adjustments on site with approval of Landscape Architect as necessary to ensure consistent and even spacing where applicable. Set all heads minimum 6" from back of curb and 6" from edge of concrete walls. 12/2014 02811 - 13 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION C Install piping and wiring in sleeves under sidewalks, roadways, parking lots, and railroads. D Drain Pockets: Excavate to sizes indicated. Backfill with cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 to 3, to 12 inches below grade. Cover gravel or crushed stone with sheet of asphalt -saturated felt and backfill remainder with excavated material. E Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following: 1. Irrigation Main Piping: Minimum depth of 18 inches below finished grade. 2. Circuit Piping: 12 inches. 3. Drain Piping: 12 inches. 4. Sleeves: 24 inches. F Backfill 1. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests are performed, or until cover up is approved by the owner. 2. Trenches shall be carefully back- filled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stones. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted in landscaped areas to a dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil in planting area. 3. Backfill will conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps or other surface irregularities. 4. A sand material backfill will be initially placed on all lines (minimum 3" depth). No foreign matter larger than one-half (1/2) inch in size will be per- mitted in the initial backfill. 5. Where rock is encountered in trenching, 4" of sand above the pipe and 4" of sand below the pipe will be used as the initial backfill. 6. Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of Architect. 7. If settlement occurs and subsequent adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads, lawn or planting, or other construction are necessary, the Contractor shall make all required adjustments without cost to the Owner. 8. Trench shall be excavated to accommodate grade changes. 9. Trench shall not be left open overnight unless caution taped or fenced off. 10. Existing Lawns - Where trenching is required across existing lawns, (or in the event of changes or repairs after new lawn has been established), uniformly cut strips of sod 6 inches wider than trench. Remove sod in rolls of suitable size for handling and keep moistened until replanted. 11. Backfill trench to within 6 inches of fmished grade and compact. 12. Continue fill with acceptable topsoil and compact to bring sod even with existing lawn. 13. Replant sod within 2 days after removal, roll and water generously; unless new sod or hydro mulch is to be installed. 14. All sod areas not in healthy condition equal to adjoining lawns 30 days after replanting shall be re -sodded and restored to original condition. 3.04 INSTALLATION 12/2014 02811 - 14 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION A Pipes COft\ 1. Piping Mains and Laterals - Lay out sprinkler mainlines and perform line adjustments and site modifications to laterals prior to excavation. Lay pipe on solid sub base, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions. 2. Coordinate pipe installation with conduit installation. 3. PVC pipe Assembly a. Cut PVC pipe square and de -burr. b. Clean pipe and fittings using primer as recommended by the PVC pipe manufacturer. Use tinted primer to aid in visual inspection and blue glue. c. Apply a thin even flow coat of PVC solvent cement to inside of the fitting and pipe mating surface. d. Cure joints as recommended by the manufacturer and keep pipe and fitting out of service during curing period. e. Construct watertight joints equal or greater in strength than the pipe. Do not tap pipe at fittings. f. Install plastic pipe in dry weather, when temperature is above 40 degrees F. and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. g. Allow joints to cure at least 24 hours at temperature above 40 degrees F before testing. h. Plastic pipe shall be snaked in the trenches in a manner to provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by pipe manufacturer. i. Extend primer 1/2" beyond glue joint for visual inspection. j. Ensure that the pipe is not laid on top of fittings and put under stress in any way prior to cover-up. ft\ B Sleeves under Paving 1. The majority of sleeves under paving exist as shown on drawings. Where boring is required for new sleeves (refer to drawings), it shall be a "wet bore." Install sleeves 12" beyond edge of pavement. Perform trench and backfill in accordance with these specifications. 2. Sleeves shall be marked on the concrete with 1/4" deep "V" cut into curb. C Concrete Thrust Blocks 1. Install where the rubber-gasketed irrigation main changes direction as at ells and tees and where the rubber-gasketed main terminates. 2. Pressure tests shall not be made for a period of 36 to 48 hours following the completion of pouring of the blocks. 3. Blocks for these mains shall be sized and placed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's specifications and shall be of an adequate size and so placed as to take all thrust created by the maximum internal water pressure. D Irrigation Heads 1. Flush irrigation lines with full head of water and install heads after hydrostatic test is completed. 2. Install heads at manufacturer's recommended heights. 12/2014 02811 - 15 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 3. Locate part -circle heads to maintain a minimum distance of 4, 12, 24, 48 inches from walls and inches from other boundaries, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Check for uniformity of coverage and pattern correctness. Adjust for 100% coverage where required. 5. Install nozzles with water running at reduced pressure starting with the head closest to the valve. 6. Adjust arcs and radius at normal operating pressure. 7. Ensure heads do not spray into areas not intended to receive water. Example: streets and sidewalks. 8. Install heads at minimum of six (6) inches from back of curb. 9. Spacing - Sprinkler spacing shall not exceed 55 percent of the sprinkler diameter of coverage. 10. Separate spray and rotors Sprays and rotors shall not be combined on the same control valve circuit E Drip Tubing 1. Tubing installed in planting beds is to be placed at spacing indicated on drawings in shallow trench and covered with planting backfill mix 1"-2" deep and then covered with mulch. 2. Tubing is to be placed after bed preparation is complete and plant material is planted and root ball anchor is installed. 3. Drip tubing is to be placed on top of root balls of trees in planting beds to allow for even watering of trees. 4. All tubing is to be reviewed by Owner's Representative prior to burying. F Electric Remote Control Valves 1. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operating pressure required for each irrigation section. 2. Install valves in valve boxes, arranged for easy adjustment and removal. Locate valves to ensure ease of access for maintenance such that no physical interference with other elements of the project exists. 3. Remote Control Valve Tags to be used in Section 2.09 4. One Remote Control Valve Tag shall be attached to stem of each electric remote control valve. Tags shall be numbered sequentially. Numbers shall correspond to station numbers in electric controller. Provide tags and corresponding numbers for wires pulled for future valves. 5. Valve Boxes - Install valve boxes to cover electric remote control valves. Install one valve per valve box. Top of valve box shall be flush with finished grade. Bury minimum 4 bricks under base of each box as support. 6. Control Wire Splice Boxes - Install control wire splice box to cover any splice in control wire. Top of valve box shall be flush with finished grade. Bury minimum 4 bricks under base of each box as support. Install control wire splice box to cover wires pulled for future valves. G Gravel Backfill 1. Backfill valve boxes and control wire splice boxes with gravel, minimum 6 inch depth. 12/2014 02811 - 16 of 19 CITYOFPEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION H Electric Controller 1. Controllers shall be fully grounded. 2. Connect remote control valves to controller in clockwise sequence to correspond with stations 1, 2, 3, successively. 3. Affix a non -fading copy of irrigation diagram to cabinet door below controller's name. Irrigation diagram shall be sealed between two plastic sheets, 20 mils. Minimum thickness. Irrigation diagram shall show clearly all valves operated by the controller, showing station number, valve size, and type of planting irrigated. 4. Provide lockable cabinet. Provide two keys to Owner. Keys to be matched with existing controller key locking mechanisms. 5. Power to Controller & Locations: Locations shown on plan for controllers is approximate. Final location shall be determined on site by Owner. 6. Contractor shall supply 120 VAC to controller from adjacent existing power sources. Follow local governing codes in electrical work. 7. Lightning Protection and Grounding: Provide full grounding and lightning protection per system manufacturer's recommendations. 8. Wall mounted controllers; electrical meters and breaker boxes shall be mounted on I-beam structures. Irrigation Control Wires 1. Provide 24 volt system for control of automatic circuit -section valves of underground irrigation system. Provide unit capacity to suit number of circuits indicated. 2. Install control wires with irrigation mains and laterals in common trench where possible. Lay control wires neatly together to side of pipe. Provide looped slack at valves, comers, bores and snake wire in trench to allow for contraction. Tie wires in bundles at 10 foot intervals. Line splices will be allowed on runs of 500 Ft. or more. Splices shall be made and placed in control wire splice boxes. 3. Provide 12 inch long expansion loop within 3 feet of each wire connection and splice on runs of wire 100 feet or longer. J Backflow Preventers 1. Make required connection to water supply according to local codes and manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Install pressure type backflow devices at required grade in accordance with the local Plumbing Code. 3. Insulate all above ground piping. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING A General - Notify Landscape Architect 48 hours in advance when testing will be conducted. Conduct tests in presence of Landscape Architect and owner. B The Parks and Recreation Department will conduct open trench inspections daily, prior to cover-up. 12/2014 02811 - 17 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION C Hydrostatic Test - Test irrigation main line, before backfilling trenches, to a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 psi for 1 hour. Piping may be tested in sections to expedite work. Remove and repair or replace piping and connections which do not pass hydrostatic testing. D Shut off mainline at backflow preventer during non -working hours until Contractor has demonstrated the mainline is stable. E Operational Testing - Perform operational testing after hydrostatic testing is completed, backfill is in place and irrigation heads are adjusted to final position. F Demonstrate to Landscape Architect that system meets coverage requirements, is as specified and indicated, and that automatic controls function properly. G Coverage requirements are based on operation of one circuit at a time. H After completion of grading, sodding and rolling of grass areas, carefully adjust lawn sprinkler heads so they will be flush with finish grade. Set shrub sprinkler heads not more than 1/2 inch above top of mulch. I Ensure watering does not extend into unintended areas, such as roadways and sidewalks. J Field inspection and testing will be performed. K Prior to filling, test system for leakage for whole system to maintain 100 psi pressure for one hour. 3.06 FILLING A Provide 3 inch sand cover over piping. Fill trench and compact to subgrade elevation. Protect piping from displacement. 3.07 ADJUSTING A Adjust control system to achieve time cycles required. B Change and adjust head types for full water coverage as directed. 3.08 MAINTENANCE A Contractor shall correctly maintain the irrigation system during the installation process and throughout the landscaping maintenance service period. B Contractor shall provide "As Built" Drawings for new work, showing dimensioned location of valves, meters, backflow preventers, controllers, and mainline. Contractor shall request reproducible mylar from the Landscape Architect in preparation of "As Built" Drawings. Contractor shall also provide a small laminated set of plans in each irrigation controller, which is color coded for each set of heads each valve operates. 12/2014 02811 - 18 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION C Maintenance and management - The landscape and irrigation system shall be maintained and managed to ensure water efficiency, and prevent wasteful practices. This should include, but not limited to: resetting the automatic controller according to the season; flushing the filters; testing the rain sensor device; monitoring, adjusting, and repairing irrigation equipment such that the efficiency of the system is maintained and utilizing turf and landscape best management practices during the maintenance period. 3.09 DEMONSTRATION A Provide system demonstration. B Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system, including adjustment of sprinkler heads. Use operation and maintenance material as basis for demonstration. END OF SECTION 12/2014 02811 - 19 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL Section 02910 TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, planting. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 2. Section 01350 3. Section 01450 4. Section 01500 5. Section 02200 6. Section 01140 - Measurement and Payment Procedures — Submittals — Testing Laboratory Services — Temporary Facilities and Controls — Site Preparation — Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT and A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for topsoil under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which topsoil is a component. B If topsoil is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02910 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the #280 sieve. B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non -soil materials and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, and stones larger than 2 inches. C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKPILING A Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site Preparation. 3.03 PLACEMENT A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations. B For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Plans. Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. C Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement stabilized sand used as bedding and backfill material. D For areas to receive bushes or trees, excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Plans. 07/2006 02910 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL E Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative cover is established. B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02910 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintaining areas of commercial, industrial, or undeveloped land disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 02910 — Topsoil 5. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMEN AND PAYMENT A Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on a per. acre basis, measured and complete in place. B Payment for hydromulch seeding shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and preparation necessary for application and maintenance. C No payment shall be made for hydromulch seeding used in restoration of areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02921 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements: 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermuda: Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. D Fertilizer: Dry and free flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: Nitrogen: 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid: 20 Percent Potash: 10 Percent E Mulch: Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0.42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. F Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. G Weed control agent: Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start or perform work under conditions that are not satisfactory to perform tasks due to inclement or impending inclement weather. B After the areas to receive hydromulch seeding have been brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps, and other debris. 07/2006 02921 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact a layer of topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. F Surface of topsoil shall be smooth and free of weeds, rocks, and other foreign material immediately before applying hydromulch seeding. 3.02 APPLICATION A Seed: Apply uniformly at the following rates for type of seed and planting date: TYPE APPLICATION RATE POUNDS/A PLANTING DATE Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 30 B Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to Hydromulching. F Suspend all operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer' s approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming as required to establish and sustain 70% acceptable vegetative cover. B For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 07/2006 02921 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. B Once a lawn is established, protect and maintain it until completion of the Work. C Replace seeded areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02921 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING (•w‘ Section 02922 SODDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 02910 — Topsoil 5. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises C Definitions: 1. Lawn - ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 2. Sod - blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving. B If sodding is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. C No payment shall be made for sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 07/2006 02922 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Fertilizer: Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas E Water: Potable, available on -site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use private resident's water. 2.02 SOD A Species: Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St. Augustine to match existing or as directed. B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed; not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses; good texture, free from obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size: 12 inch wide strips, uniform in thickness (2 inch minimum with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal, green color. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. Do not start work during inclement or impending inclement weather. Perform Sodding only when weather and soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. I) 07/2006 02922 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING B After the areas to receive sod are brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before sodding. F Spread 2-inch (±1") layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil. G Prior to placing sod, rake areas smooth, free from unsightly variations, bumps, ridges, or depressions, and completely free from stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. H Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 lbs/1000 SF. Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer. 3.02 APPLICATION A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintenance Period: 1. Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Re -sod unacceptable areas. 3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal, vigorous and healthy growth. All disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 4. Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection. B Watering: 1. Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 07/2006 02922 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. 3. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4. Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. C Mowing: 1. Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 3. Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4. Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be mowed with a light -weight rotary type mower. The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. 5. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. D Fertilizer and Pest Control: 1. Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer. Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod. 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. 3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4. Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial Completion. B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02922 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR Section 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Repairing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction. B Repairing areas of failed paving in preparation for resurfacing. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 02335 — Subgrade 5. Section 02710 — Base Course for Pavement 6. Section 02330 — Embankment 7. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for pavement repair under this section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If pavement repair is included as a Bid Item, measurement is on a square yard basis. as follows: 1. Trench width plus 48 inches for utilities. 2. Trench width plus 10 feet for structures. 3. As marked in field for failed paving. C If provisions of this Section, 3.01D, require the limits of pavement repairs to be increased, then the payment limits shall be increased to the same extent. D No payment will be made for work outside payment limits, in areas that are not specifically called out as pay items and are incidental to the work or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience. E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make submittals required by thissection under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 05/2008 02980 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Provide materials of the same character as existing materials encountered in a cross section of the area to be repaired, or as approved by the Engineer. B Subgrade: Provide on site soil stabilized with lime, lime fly ash, etc., as required by the testing laboratory under the provisions of Section 02335 — Subgrade. C Base: Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710 — Base Course for Pavement. D Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by Technical Specifications of applicable surface course treatments. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or structures. B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.02 PREPARATION A For installation of utilities and utility appurtenances, saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving) 24 inches beyond the width of excavation, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. B For installation of structures, saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving) 5 feet beyond the width of excavation, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. C For repair of areas of failed paving, saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving) where indicated in the field or as directed by Engineer. Remove subgrade that is soft and yielding, or to depth as directed by Engineer. D If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer. I 05/2008 02980 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR E Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility placement, backfill, and paving operations. For concrete pavement, leave and protect minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab. 3.03 EXAMINATION : A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or structures. B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.04 INSTALLATION A Replace subgrade with material specified in this Section, 2.01B. Place and compact under the provisions of Section 02330 — Embankment for areas under future paving to match lines and grade of surrounding subgrade. B Replace base course with material specified in this Section, 2.01C. Place and compact under the provisions of Section 02710 — Base Course for Pavement to match lines and grade of surrounding base course. C Replace pavement with material specified in this Section, 2.01D, and according to the Technical Specifications of the particular surface course treatment so that a smooth, hard, well cemented surface, conforming to the lines and grade of the surround pavement is secured D For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement thickness indicated on Plans. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as indicated on Plans. E Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement. F Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and within 1 week after utility work is installed. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all pavement in good condition until completion of Work. B Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 05/2008 02980 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND BLAST CLEANING OF PAVEMENT Section 02981 BLAST CLEANING OF PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Removal of existing pavement markings. B Preparation of pavement surfaces for new pavement markings. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for blast cleaning of lines is on a linear foot basis for each width, measured and complete in place. B Measurement for blast cleaning of symbols and legends is on a square foot basis, measured and complete in place. C Payment includes all labor and materials required to complete blast cleaning where indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit description and characteristics of proposed blasting medium and equipment for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Blasting Media: Approved quality commercial product capable of producing specified surface cleanliness without deposition of deleterious materials on cleaned pavement surface. Do not use high silica content sand that may result in high levels of free crystalline silica dust particles as a blasting agent. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A Equipment shall be power driven and of sufficient capacity to clean the pavement surface to specified cleanliness. Equipment shall utilize moisture and oil traps of 07/2006 02981 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BLAST CLEANING OF PAVEMENT (•ft sufficient capacity to remove contaminants from the air and prevent deposition of moisture, oil or other contaminants on the pavement surface. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL OF EXISTING MARKINGS A Remove pavement markings where necessary to prevent driver confusion, or where indicated on drawings. Included are areas where it will be necessary for drivers to cross existing markings which they would not normally cross. Remove or obliterate markings to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Do not damage pavement surface. 3.02 CLEANING FOR PLACEMENT OF MARKERS A Remove old pavement markings, loose material, and other contaminants deleterious to the adhesion of new pavement markings to be placed. On Portland cement concrete pavement, minimize over -blasting to prevent damage to pavement surface. Small particles of tightly adhering existing pavement markings may remain if complete removal will result in pavement surface damage. B Follow manufacturer's written instructions for proper cleaning of pavement surfaces to receive pavement marking. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02981 - 2 of 2 N ul easla4D 80ZZ ul Joouaypol ZtTZ 00 ' 1 co D D rn O tn .4. A . W .41 N .4. I" 41. 0 W lD La CO W V W 01 W U1 W W W W N W N W 0 N lD N CO N V N 01 N U1 N .p N W N N N I N 0 I-. l0 N 00 I" V I-. 01 1--+ Ul I" � I— W I" Ni I" I -a F. 0 l0 00 V 01 U1 W N 1--'7'' M. fD. 2434 Country Club Dr 2480 Country Club Dr 3017 Country Club Dr 3010 Country Club Dr 2924 Country Club Dr 2903 Country Club Dr 2824 Country Club Dr 2310 Green Tee Dr 2302 Green Tee Dr 2912 Country Club Dr 2917 Country Club Dr 2206 Green Tee Dr 2022. Green Tee Dr 2502 Green Tee Dr 2536 Country Club Dr 2506 Green Tee Dr 2506 Green Tee Dr 2301 Country Club 2313 Country Club 2323 Country Club 2328 Green Tee 2318 Green Tee 2218 Green Tee 2212 Green Tee 3024 Green Tee 3012 Green Tee 3004 Green Tee 2924 Green Tee 2914 Green Tee 2904 Green Tee 2804 Geen Tee 2720 Green Tee Riverside Dr 2706 Elm Hollow 1300 Broadway st 1310 Broadway st 1321 Broadway st Kingsley 7 flq 1n fD �. Kingsley 7 00 to To < 1818 Reflection Bay & McHard 1818 Reflection Bay & McHard 1818 Reflection Bay & McHard. Manhole Addresses -4. 1 N W- , Q1 CT . , N W , Ol V 5-12-88 Ul I-� N 00 lD Ul I-� N lD 1 U7 F� N lD W U1 , I' N 00 F� N UJ , N O l0 4-13-108 U, F�F� N 00 N. l0 N 4-13-158 , I- W 1 V 01 ul , I-. W 1 -� I-, Ni -4 , I' W 1 � Ol 00 ul , F' W , I � I—� UJ ul , I" W , I--' F-� , I" W ... F I-->' 4 , F-' W , F I—' W 4-13-112 .A , N . W , F 1-� I" , I-� W 1 F„Is.,I- F�O 0 4-13-106 4-13-160 Ul F� N V W lJ'I F� N I -. In F� N V O U'I I F� N lD 00 1J1 i IL N Q V U1 , N W ,. F i Ni Ni Ix' , N W , U1 l0 Ul WFi 1-a N O 7-14-86 fJl . :W F� O al , I" A 1-. N N CO , Fa A 1-� O W Cl , I" A I. O Cl pl , W N U1 , W lO 6-3-34 p1 , W 1-, A , A Fa V 4-4-234 4-4-232 g 3 S. 0 D. v V I -, CT 01 CO Ul F I" F� N F 1--, V 1 O (J7 Ql Ul F I-* I O I N I' O V 01 V O ul O 01 Ol lD O U'1 10 N ul 10 I I -a N I" V V A V LID {n N O I-+ AD in N co W O W O Depth/ FT F. A- T (0 04 Dj (n co ri 7r co F. 7r W F. A-7r 03 F CO r 7r 03 n' A-7r Concrete CO Fi 07 F A'7r CO r, 00 n 71/4- 00 F A- 00 n A -A- CO ff' 00 r A -A- CO r 00 r'1 7r 00 r'1 A'7r CO r Brick CO P1 03 F A' 03 n' 7r 03 (7 T. CO F 7r 03 n' 7C' 0o i1' 7r CO r A- ° -, CD '� (D CO r 7r CO n 7r enW ° -I (D '� fD Concrete Concrete Concrete Poly Liner o r 7 fD Poly Liner Poly Liner 0 r :7 (D 0 r 7 fD Poly Liner ,Comments. O U1 W. W N in W N W Ni N Ul N I" N In N• Ls, N W W I-, in 1--, • Ni I-.~' I-k 1,, ' in N O N N N N: :Extra Depth: 121VH3 WAN 310HNVW Line # '= :.: Manhole_ Addresses Manhole ID DepthLFT. : Comments Extra Depth 3 3709 Riverside Dr 7-14-20 4 Brick 4 3701 Riverside Dr 7-14-21 7.5 Brick 5 3609 Riverside Dr 7-14-22 7.3 Brick 6 3531 Riverside Dr 7-14-83 8 Brick 7 3527 Riverside Dr 7-14-14 9.5 Brick 1.5 8 3505 Riverside Dr 7-14-84 10 Brick 2 9 1102 Camelot 7-14-11 5 Brick 10 3501 Riverside Dr 7-14-85 10 Brick 2 11 2408 Golfcrest Dr 4-13-154 9 Brick 1 12 2414 Golfcrest Dr 4-13-153 8 Brick 13 2420 Golfcrest Dr 4-13-97 8 Brick 14 2428 Golfcrest Dr 4-13-98 8 Brick 15 2432 Golfcrest Dr 4-13-74 8 Brick Total ADD ALTERNATE 7.\ 6.5 FM 2234 W cC m cry >-: UJ .BROADWA`(• ST PI cool* III SHADOW CREEK PKWY Manhole Rehab Overall Scope West •. Water Teatment Plant • Man Holes Liftstations ----- Force. Main • Manholes to Rehab Gravity Main RANCH 1 RD • .MEMORIAL HERMAN D 1 In = 2,000 feet This product is for informational purposes and may not have been prepared for or be suitable for legal, engineering, or surveying purposes. It does not • represent nn on -the -ground survey and represents only the approximate relative location of property boundaries MAP PREPARED: MAY go la CITY OF PEAItLAND GIS DEPARTMENT Manhole Rehab Overall Scope East �. Water Teatment Plant • Man F ®...Liftstations Manholes to Rehab Gravit This product. is for informational purposesHod may not have boon prepared fur nr be suitable for legal, engineering, or surveying purposes. It dues not represent anun.tho-ground survey and represents only the approximate relative location arproperty boundaries .MAP. PREPARED: MAY 2016 CITY OF PEAItLAN❑ CIS DEPARTMENT ; ixM.,?...,7„ a � .�....: r.:> 4,I. ,. t.ti3 �'. H.I• a .am ;�n.ir :3 >.�ci_swfr, yka :0: :,. •• 4-4-2,32 4-4,234 4-4-1741, Manhole Rehab Reflection Bay • Water Teatment Plant • Man Holes Liftstations ----- Force Main • Manholes to Rehab Gravity Main 1 In = 500 feet This product is for informational purpasrn and may not hnvo been prepared for or bo sun nblo for legal, engineering, or survoytng purposes. It dons not roprnsent an omlhu.ground survey and represents only the nppronin nto relative location of 'mammy boundaries n1AP PREPARED• APRIL :oln CITY OF PEAIILAND CIS DEPARTMENT F 3 398 Manhole Rehab Kingsley IIII Water Teatment Plant • Man Holes ® Liftstations ----- Force Main • Manholes to Rehab Gravity Main BROADWAY-ST 1 in = 500 feet Thiu pnulw s for Infor mliunul pugm nd mny m Imu, I n prnpn mltfr or be amiably n Itxtd cn,pn nnnp o nnying ',urine:, It ll s not =,Prr nnl n n.a,o.gruund sunny lmd rnpn seats only iFhn nppruxi molt, referrer Iwvtl mn nr properi y lemndnnu NMI, pltEpAR El) NITS In, IG CITY OF PEARL,\\I) CIS DEPAET\IE\T Manhole Rehab Broadway • Water Teatment Plant Liftstations • Manholes to Rehab • Man Holes ---- Force Main Gravity Main 1 in = 400 feet This lormlunt in for informational p uu.uunI mny not hnvo LE•on prvparval for or bo suit nblo fur 1,01. t.ngin...nring, or gurveying perposos. It &en not n.prrsent on-lho•ground xurvey and reprt...nts only t opproainualv relnl ivt• location of propvrty bounglnrit. MAP PREPARED MAY 201 fl CITY OF PEARLAND GIS DEPARTMENT Manhole Elm Hollow si Water Teatment Plant Liftstations — Rehab • Man Holes ---- Force Main • Manholes to Rehab Gravity Main BROAD1' 1 in = 400 feet This ;osmium is for informational purposes nn,l mny not hors been prcpnnod for or ho sunnblo for legal. engineering, nr surveying purposes. It door not represent an n-tho-ground survoy and represents only thn opproaimoto rolntiro location of property boundaries MAP PREPARED APRIL SLOG CITY OF PEAItLANI] CIS DEPARTMENT 5-1�2-89 Water Teatment Plant ®.. Liftstations • Manholes to Rehab • Man Holes ---- Force Main Gravity Main 1 In a 1,000 feet This product is fur informationnlpurpuses and may ' not hove been prepared for or he suitable for legal, engineering, or surveying pugmses. It done net represent an on-thu-ground survey and represents only the approximate relative oration of property • boundaries • MAP PREPARED: APItIL ee IC CITY OF PEARLAND GIR DEPARTMENT MANHOLE INSPECTION REPORTS - BASE Comments: A B A= B= C= Z% Le Ring. & Cover Good t% Replace Manholegui r Material L�rJ #1 Pipe Size l� #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes 90° 180' Sewer Manhole Information Date: Manhole # Inspector. address 18 igk (f-F I-'f 2-SZ CIF A B A= -v B= c= 3'v aN N� Ring & Cover M Good Replace Manhole (iN.Qi1L 0—� Material � i '9' #1 Pipe Size i 1 k, \D #2 Pipe Size 15 1 f 1 #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Comments: Flow Directio� 90° 18tp Sewer Manhole Information Addreeef jC.''(`fbrt,'8 . 13A1 �/1 � J� ah Dote:t._Lq l... o Manhole, Inspector. Cs ( —1 c A B A= B= C= Flow Direction /Z`A"" Ring & Cover I if/ Good Replace_ so° Manhole LAMaterial ir #1 Pipe Size (R #2 Pipe Size t I' #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Comments: • /J ri -27 —/ lad Sewer Manhole Information Dote:. Manhole # Inspector: Address 108' l&kehg.-- 61NimaJ / AB CDMITleffiT.S: r) 6- A= .P. B= 1 7•K Ring a Cover Good Reiplace__ ; #4 1:4 1, 0 Other Sizes Flow Direction 1800 900 Sewer Manhole informatIon Address Datet Manhole # Inspector! -1 C Wegrxiligim1111114 ecoroar_s: A B :A= )3= k C` Good Ring & Cover Replace-- M�riho Cd,c. i;•••• " #3 Pic: 4t4 Pipe Size. Other 'Sizes. Flow Direction leo° 9o° Sewer Manhote Tnformation -A0Oress• Dcit Manhole # 31/ ,(t) Inspectori t„apez- -01 C conmeors B= Rino 8c Cover. G000i 'ReplaCe. Mcn.h.cqe B #4 Plti-ye Other Sizes Flow Direction iso° Sewer Manhole Address 'Information Date.1 "11 ! Manhole #. S 3 - 31F Inspector! krw c) •A B uurikitosi“ Cprtrr)07"..S: A= )3= Ring & Cover Good Replace__117_a_ e 4*4 PipE- Si-xe Other- Sizes Flow Direction 909 Sewer !Manhole Informatlort .Address Dates • • 1.4:anhote • Inspector! 1-Gi9e2 C C= Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace_ Manhote A, B Material __Cal4/6:11 LommeMs: #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Either Sizes now DIrettion iso° 90° Sewer Address /30/ Manhole Information Date! /-6 —70 monho'e -7 YL /66 Inspector, 7 C A B CE,TOPZ7157:SI. A= 7 P4( B= C= Ring Cover Good Replo.ce__ Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size• #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe. Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 18o° 90° • Sewer Manhole Information Acidness /.3/d 6end -0-16Date • Manhole # 6,fitveag-- Inspector! A B Gmrn6715Ts.= A= •,LI B= c= 3Z- Ringi& Cover Good Replace____ Manhole Material 4cr _ #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Dther Sizes Flow Direction 180° 90° Sewer Manhole Information Address 13C0 (�f�uabc Dater Manhole # C - 1 q -.rzz, • Inspector':';1.faSd,W) carnmeMS: B B= (P11 Oil c= " Ring & Cover. Good Replace__ ,17/1 PIo.fe(foc marthoke Mctt ra.rudef-C #3 HiSIze #4 Pp P Si7e •••• •••••• Other Sizes Flow Direction leo° 9o° Sewer Manhole InformatIon Address A.7o (-0 E.1471 Dote' • Manhole •# /6 Inspector,. (Sy.0 ejn=po.:s ..aoa..adsui aioquvW: I1-L— J . �' � •� ssaappy uop.vw,ao fui aloqunW ,camas 008I 006 MoU. // saziS -IaL4:0 azis adld ## az!S add C# azis adid 2# azis adid Z# a1oLdu'ON ----ajooidaa ;7°7- poop Janoj' 'g 6uia v =3 „Li01 =g /01 =V g t-) C A B O.P0771)61151s :: it A= 11 4. B.= [�.G` Z�� C= Ring & Good Manhole Material Cover Repla.ce____ ddG #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe .Size 1. #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction ` t 180° Sewer Manhole Information Acldc-essD % 6 'G Date' Manhole # Inspector iv,P C A= B"' C= Ring & Cover Good _ Replacer_ _ , u? Manhole � y A B uc Material „___ S 4 ti. if. ' #1 Pipe Size i i:)' #2 Pipe Size°' Ce�i�'ilnirl6`ts #3 Pipe Size r* #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Vie' \\ Ftow Direction 1 Sewer Address ,ZJ` Manhole Information Dote, ( l 4 ManhaIe' ..11 Inspector C B �t. B= rf C= Z` Ring & Cover - Good ____ Replace_ Manhole Material q16.- #.1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 :Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction lso° vti 90° Sewer Manhole Inforriation Address Z, . o ti Date' Manhole # Inspector! A B C rr1 ne715:s i.7 A= B = C= Ring & Cover Good Replace_ Manhole Material l j"` tom. #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° o° Sewer Manhole Information Address 2i t, Date' Z _ 33;_. t.tp. Manhole # Inspector' lx./ , C A B c // A` (0 7 B= Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace_____ Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Dir.ection 90° 190° Sewer Address Manhole Information Dates Z9Z5f G€ re . Manhole # Inspector' C .�. A= B = � t) �. c= " Ring & Cover iJ Good ____ Replace___ Manhole A: B Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Row 'Direction. 1$0° ce cr 0 90 Sewer Address Manhole Information pate, 3 ool-L. Cam— t -4-e._. Manhole # .Inspector' /-) c A= c= Ring & Cover f)1736dd Good Replace__ Mo.nhole A B Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size nr)0711)6Ar...5 : Other Sizes Flow Direction 9 o° Sewer Manhole information Address 34 trt Datet 2 Manhole # Inspector! C t 11 A= L. B= 2)4 „ C= Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace__ Manhote A. B Material. .... ........................................................ nrArna5T_s: #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size 6 "1"- t 1-' Other Sizes Flow Direction 18o° 9o° Sewer Address Manhole Information 33Qte1 362'4 GLe..e... ZikOlte Manhole # Inspector, A= C B= - *wpeJ W,VV A B o.Drryton>7.5: C= Ring & Cover Good _ Manhole Material- _C3rilc,16.._ #1 Pipe Size L.,_461 61.% #2 Plpe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 900 Sewer Manhole Information Address )..akii); ,Gree.1/4k€44 Date! Manhole it 1/-73--/(.0 Inspector Flow Direction Ring Cover Good __ Replace____ Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size !_LA #2 Pipe Size 8.1164 - #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes 90° Sewer Manhole Information Address_ , 1g IC ree_:ke&..'OI�. Dater .L-4; I'd :(o: Manhole # —/ j- f c7 io Inspector! A= l-oE` \t ti< B= Ring & Cover Good _ L Replace____ Manhole A B Material #1 Pipe Size J:, . ___ #2 Pipe Slze• #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size:. Other Sizes -now Direction 180° 90° Sewer' Manhole Inforriatlon Address ,)•3 ‘ $' Dates Manhole # Inspector' C A B A= 1I B= '1;a ' . ' -. C= c).‘ftfA Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace eil Manhote Materialc�` #1 Pipe Size_+S3,__ #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° Sewer. Manhole Information; Address L Datei - 416 Manhole # e(.15.-1 i t Inspector) A.= 77.6 B= C= ovetif- Ring < Cover Good Replace____ Manhole A: B Materio.l #1 Pipe Size 5/4- #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size CD.rraeli,TS: Other :Sizes Flow D rectIon leo° 90° Sewer Manhole Information Address Date : Mo.nhole # Inspector' A= B= C Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace____ Manhole A B Material Brick_ #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe. Size Cift1 e-A5JS Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° o° Sewer Manhole Inf orroation Address 7313 acti ft. e/i'/ Dater q j •Ze941 Manhole # 13. 113 Inspector' A B ro0-06Ais a R' _ B=7(X v.- Ring & Cover Good • ____ Replace_� Manhole Material \'► G k #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pip.e Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 900 Sewer Manhole Information. Address • r a (:C;o ; itt . C/. 4- Datel...:!`i'" R_ Manhole # (3- py Inspector) A= to "1t►' C B= ct \► Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace Manhole A B Material i 1 G1` #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction iso° 9o° Sewer Address 5 ac.eeNzi-S Manhole 'Inforr►at(on Date: '� Manhole # Inspector! 1") C yy Miet VVV) A B A= `t\ k ```• B=\,O' C= 1-4 ` f--- Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace ._Z, o Manhole Material _�L��` #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Faow DIrectlon 90° 180° Sewer Manhole Infornatton Address '1. C. 0 6 a,90, S4W, Date+: tl- .5' Manhole # ;i -113 inspector+, C A = 9' ie Y'3° B C= Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace_ Manhole A B Material #1 Pipe Size I' 3 #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size newlxvis Other Sizes Flow Dir ect ion 90° leo° Sewer Address Z6-3 ee„,,,,reL e4 uts Marihote Information Dates 2. Manhole # Inspector' it/ . A= tb.C`%: C Ring & 'Cover Good ____ Replace____ Manhole A B Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size. Cptra6A5%s Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 90. 0 Sewer Manhole Infornation Address isc4Q,ceP,ti�CG.. Dates -_ t6 Manhole # Inspector) A= 5(Ic C = Ring & Good ____ Manhole A B Material #1 Pipe #2 Pipe #3 Pipe #4 Pipe c D nrn6l15is Cover Replace. 3 �1c,iTyr-Vr Size Size. Size Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 90° Sewer Manhole Inf ornation Address .l.p.m. Gwen. tCx... Dater etr 443 t 6 Manhole # Inspector.! A B cCmmCroJS.;. A= rv.;kct,1,. B= io-c oar:. C= Ring y Cover Good _ __ Replace____. Manhote + Material ,Sic G ;� �3 #1 Pipe Size It,cs _s3-4' =c4 , #2 Pipe Size korG:G ' #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe 'Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 90° Sewer Address 0 6 ;G-&ee ev, Manhole Information Date, e..411e Manhole I# H .3 - 15 3 Inspector+ A B cGmm ns%s 215_ te B= Ring & Cover Good Manhole Material Replace_= #1 Pipe .Size ' r a` 3" f' #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 9o° Sewer Address 2%/1,,,n70Y e,v� Manhole Inforr1atlon Date+ 2-Z6-lG .:Manhole # ' <1:z - 1 �... Inspectors A,, . 4.L` r. A= 0' Z 9 ,f C= Ring & Cover Good _ __ Replace_°!_. Manhole A B Material `^5KX c^K #1 Pipe Size ___ #3 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow D rection 180° 90° Sewer' Manhole InfornatIon Address -29 z ec)o,.7/1 y c 4uB Dater —2.-2C,- 16, Manhole # Inspector' C A.= B= C= Ring Cover Good Replace_ Manhole •A B MaterialTt e'cine-eit #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size .0.0nT061157S: #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes.. Ft ow Direction 180° 90° Sewer Address Manhote Information Date, Manhole it Li-fJftg Inspector! A B CIDIr!/' 6h51S p. A= B= C=`i,;• Ring & Cover Good ___ Replace___._ Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Flow Direction leo° Other Sizes iEr .S 9o° Sewer, Manhole Inforration A&Iress 01.11'a 6r6e?`-1'Oat Ott, Dater:., Manhole # Z(. " Inspector' C A= 12 7 Pi B= //' //a C= Z11" Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace_ _ Manhole A B Material Xxcl< r? fl #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size CD#171)61157:5:: Other Sizes Flow Direction leo° 90° Sewer Address 7et 44 co weiriz ycLV Manhole InformatIon Datei /6 Manhole # 5-17.-31 Inspector-1 A= // lc" B= cl . C= Zq,t Ring & Cover v Good ____ Replace____ Manhole A B Material _e id u 7 � r #1 Pipe' Size I 13 14.'2'1 n T-3.9,, #2 Pipe Stet-- . 3'111 #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size tither •Sizes: Flow Direction t,u 180° 9a° Sewer Manhole Information Address .2:703 Qv.e T y CL v13 Ti,er Date': 7 - i6 Manhole # It-41 Inspector' , Li ct- A B LeATIZA5T-5: f C= iti Ring & Cover Good Replace_ L-7 Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #.4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow D rectIon 1800 90° • Sewer Address 4 9? y Manhole ififornatIon Date, 2 - za- /6. Hanholle # —tZIi91 Inspector' A. teorz. 6 o„ A= B= 5 ,, Ring & Cover Good Replace_! Manhole A B Material R0K #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes. Flow Direction 180° 90° Sewer Manhole Information Address 30!J e‘00Arrif7 cr,/3 Date' ^26 %(/ Manhole: • # 5v .f:2 _99. Inspector' M. Lopct_ C A B Crrrlr6 A57_5 A= 61 I Z B= (� w C= Zc(1r Ring & Cover Good Replace_'_ Manhole Material T1`9" #1 Pipe Size tl'' 133`z" #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 90° Sewer Manhole Infornatlon Address 3617 GLug Date, 2- 26.1(. Manhole # Inspector' M `� A B CcAtraribT_S,; A= B= C= Ring & Cover Good Replace_ Manhole Material C.Ig114-6.1-15s S.rev 6-/ #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Fit* Direction 90° Sewer Manhole Information Address 61-411. Dates 2-Z6-16 Manhole it 41--13-10 inspector' At. Leen- A= -7t•-i( C B= A B COTYWASTS1 C= Ring & Cover Good __ Replace Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Ftow Direction leo° Sewer Manhole Infornatlon AcldressiMyt. rouit jet.7 Date, Manhole # q.:13-1(„(9 Inspectort J 1 ADD ALTERNATE - MANHOLE INSPECTION REPORTS C A= B= Ring & Cover Good __✓_ Replace____ Manhole A B Material cony -owns: #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction in° 90° Sewer Manhole Information Address Date' rid Manhole # `'?._�:�� Inspector' :C A B ccbrnp ATs A= B= .'- 3" C= 24-" Ring & Cover Good _% _ Replace____ Manhole Material ZizTC.K. #1 Pipe Size S #2 Pipe Size: s P #3` Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow .Direction 180° 9.0° Sewer Manhole Information i 2 D'S Address CiH:C LSE& LQ. Date; 9 22 -.) .� Manhote # Inspector' . J U N A= C B= A B 0-DirtiOefirl,S C= 2--+" Ring S. Cover Good Replace____ Manhole Material PBRICK,_ 441 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow D rectlon leo° 90° Sewei- Mo.nhote Information Address -3-1ock Dates 9._ z2_ hisanhote Inspectors (") A B 11' cirraeAr.S A= B= C= 2-4 " Ring & Cover Good _ Replace____ Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size a #2 Pipe Size E5/1 #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 9 o 1800 Sewer Manhole InPormatIon Address 3-7 D fziv 1.2r)E. DRV Datei _ )4_ Manhole # -7 - I 4 - 4.Z Inspector! *ii; tr/ o -ki C A B CcOtae- A= B= 'L 3" C= 24„ Ring & Cover Good 'Replace___.._, Manhole Material `3rzie.K. #1 Pipe Size ED" #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other :Sizes Flow Direction 180° 0 Sewer Manhole Information Address J Dater Manhole Inspector' ol_kt � ®op C A= B= 1,4-" Ring & Cover Good 2_ Replo.ce____ Manhole A B Material #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 •Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size S11 Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 9o° Sewer Manhole InformatIon Adbiress 3S Sk RINEtzsiDE DRI Date' 9._ 2_2_ 4 • Manhole # Inspector' —37:1;i4ri A= B=9- C= 94-" Ring & Cover Good - X_ Replace____ Manhole A B Material LK (2cAll)ENl5 #1 Pipe Size 3 #2 Pipe Slze• #3 Pipe Size /� #4 Pipe Size tf r. Other Sizes Flow Dlrectlon i80° 90° Sewer Manhole InforMation Address 3521 [=»ERSit)E DR,/ Dates -22 1 4- Manhole It `1_. % —ill Inspectors �p� 1A 4. A= i ---I r-- B= B e Good Ring & Cover Replace____ Manhole Material AC(G tc #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes . Flow Direction In° 90° Sewer Manhole Inforhation: Address Date' Manhole # Inspector C A B cc)mrn6is A= B= S. C Ring & Cover Good _✓ Replace____ Manhole Material ___4�_____ #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 90° Sewer Aciciress r*A.7,06-2,dri Manhole ` Information. Date! Manhole # Inspector! A= B= /0 C= Ring & Good _,� Manhole A B Material Cover Replace____ #1 Pipe Size #2 Pipe Size: . #3 'Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow .DIrection 180° 90° Sewer Address 6/ Manhole' Information Date+ Manhote # "") 4 Inspector. C A B ('cATr)a T$ A= . B= OM' Ring & Cover Good Replacer Manhole Material V 1 4 K(={-St #1 Pipe Size Y. #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° 0 Sewer Manhole Infortatfon Address : 4o Dater Manhole • it L(_& 3 I S y Inspector% J A B C rP)611575 A= ?rt 1c) is B=-7Pt;,. c= 5,�`ti. & Cover Good Replace____ Manhole Material #1 Pipe Size ..A. c-4 #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction 180° Sewer" Manhole Information Address .,. , Date! Manhole ::# L1 ^j :3 _ Inspector! iao3.Dadsui. 1-,l6.'£ I-13 # a.1oquow r3` , 0. }11. ssaupPV uojq.o 4Jo4ui aioNunW JaMas 0 008 i uop.paJit Molj sazlS uau azls adid ib# aziS adld e# azls adld z# -y;a- azis adld Z 1# a1oquWow apnidad ---- 10009. ,Aano9 '8 6uiel 3 =g S d. 51119C ttoU c_rAmrne) S d A = - 1'.1- le) I`, C= Ring & Cover Good __-_ Replace &aMr` Manhole B Material Grp 4t1 Pipe Size e 3���-sy,^--- #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other :Sizes _ Flow Direction 90° Sewer Manhole Information Address .a: f5 G-►v(creme Date' .d _ Manhole # (4-13-q :Inspector) A= B= C= Ring & Cover Good ____ Replace_ Manhole A B Material CDmir)67157...s: #1 Plpe Size #2 Pipe Size #3 Pipe Size #4 Pipe Size Other Sizes Flow Direction fve eCt5 '(k-e. 3-064 90° Sewer Address pi Manhole Information Datet tc, Manhole # Inspector; 13 -14